^:f-?

^:^:::-

...;^-/^.

,.-i'---,

^i.^-^:,

JE:.-'.

f
-

SA 836 Separation System

System Manual - English

>

(S

a
0)

(n

CO
CO
<

System Manual

English

Ml

Safety

SA836

System

Separation
System
Operating Instructions

Parameter List

Alarms and FauM Findifl^

Only foreseeable conditions have been taken into

consideration. No warnings are given for
situations arising from unintended usage of the
system components and tools.

Installation S y a i t m
Reference

Sarvice M a M H i
Marine & Diesel Equipment

Printed Jan 2003

Book No. 1817285-02
Product No. 1010O3O<4>1, 1010031-01,
1010031-02

Spare Parts Catalogue

SA Separation

System

Safety
Printed
Book No.

May 2002
1810737-02 V 1

3
Solutions beyond

tchnafagy

Alfa Laval

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM

SAFETY

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Safety Instructions

Important

- read

this!

The centrifugal separator includes parts

that rotate at very high speeds,
generating
huge forces. It is therefore essential for the
safe operation of this separator system that
you read and understand this manual,
including the warning signs and safety
precautions presented in this manual.
Failure to do so may cause a fatal
accident.

1.1

Key Factors for Safe

Operation

The separation system is designed and supplied

for a specific function (type of liquid, rotational
speed, temperature, density, etc.). The system
must be used for this function only, and strictly
within Alfa Laval's specifications.
Incorrect operation or maintenance may result
in a heavy unbalance, reduction of material
strength, etc. that could lead to serious
breakdown with fatal injury or damage to
property.
For safe operation, strictly follow the
instructions for installation, operation and
maintenance in this manual.

1810737-02

DANGER
ASK

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

The following is compulsory for safe

operation:
1

Never start up a separator before the bowl is

completely assembled, and all fastenings
securely tightened.

Never discharge a vibrating separator, Always

stop with the emergency stop button.

Never begin to disassemble a separator

before it has come to a complete standstill,

Always set the discharge intervals according

to instructions in the instruction book.

Never ignore alarms. Always eliminate the

cause before resuming operation.

Never use the separator for other liquids than

those specified by Alfa Laval.

Never operate a separator with a different

power supply frequency than stated on the
machine plate.

Clean the operating system regularly to avoid

sludge discharge malfunction.

Ensure that personnel are fully trained and

competent in installation, operation,
maintenance, and emergency procedures.

1 0 Use only Alfa Laval genuine spare parts and

the special tools supplied.

1810737-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

1.2 Warning Sign

Definitions
Below are definitions of the warning signs used.
Danger - serious injury or death

Example:

This type of safety sign or instruction

indicates an imminently hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, will result in
death or serious injury.

ANGER

l^
Entrapment hazard
Make sure that rotating parts have come to a
complete standstill before starting any
dismantling worl<.

Example:

Warning - serious injury or death

This type of safety sign or instruction indicates
a potentially hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious injury.

^ARNING

Disintegration hazard
If unusually strong vibration occurs, press the
Emergency Stop button and leave the room.
Do not enter the room after an emergency stop
while the separator is still rotating.

Caution - minor or moderate injury

Example:

This type of safety sign or instruction indicates

a situation which, if not avoided, could result in
minor or moderate injury.

AcAOTlON

'CAUTION' used without the safety alert

symbol indicates a potentially hazardous
situation which, if not avoided, could result in
equipment damage.

1810737-02

B u m hazard
Various machine surfaces can be hot and cause
burns.

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

1.3 Summary of Safety

Hazards
Below follows a selection of the warnings which
have been used in the text of this instruction
manual to ensure safe installation, start-up,
operation, stop, and maintenance. Further
warnings are to be found in the appropriate
places throughout the manual.

Start-up
Be especially observant during start-up. If there
is any abnormal vibration, immediately stop the
separator and investigate the cause. Clean the
bowl if it contains sediment.

>VJIAR***

B r e a k d o w n hazard
Assemble the separator completely before start. All
couplings, covers, and guards must be in place and
properly tightened. Failure to do so may lead to
breakdown.

Continued on next page

1810737-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

j^fiSiHxno
Electrical hazard
Follow local regulations for electrical installation
and earthing (grounding).
Disintegration hazard
if the system is operated from a position from
which the separator is not visible, a vibration
sensor must be fitted.
Breakdown hazard
Check that the power frequency is in agreement
with the machine plate. If incorrect, resulting
overspeed may cause breakdown.

Breakdown hazard
Use the separation system for the purpose, and
within the limits, specified by Alfa Laval. Failure to
do so could cause a violent breakdown.

50 Hz?
60 Hz?

B r e a k d o w n hazard
Always observe the separator during start-up after
assembly. If strong vibration occurs, stop by using
the Emergency Stop button and evacuate the room.

If power cable polarity has been reversed, the

separator will rotate in reverse, and vital rotating
parts can loosen.

1810737-02

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

Operation

J^PXO*^^
Disintegration hazard
If the system is operated from a position from which
the separator is not visible, an unbalance sensor
must be fitted.

^ABt*"**^
Breakdown hazard
If strong vibration occurs, press the emergency
stop button and evacuate the room.
Never discharge a vibrating separator. Vibration
may then become violent and result in breakdown.

^ A ^ * ^
Noise hazard
Use ear protection if noise levels are high.

^^OlS**'
B r e a k d o w n hazard
Never reset an alarm without first finding and
remedying the cause.

KpivUTlON

Bum hazard
Avoid contact with hot surfaces. Process pipes,
various machine surfaces, and processed liquid can
be hot and cause burns.

^CAUTION

Slip hazard
Check all connections for leakage.
Oil leakage may make the floor slippery.

1810737-02

STl-1,/1 AFETY

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

o t n *ho [Link] rstor by means of the control unit, and

:iotor.
Never attempt t o clean the bowl by manual discharge

uLi'^

Disintegration h a z a r d
^
J . i i , i^tiung vibration occurs, press the
nergency Stop button and leave the room
'; -^i'f^r the room after an emergency stop
ufc i iiparator is still rotating.

^fiJIfilG
, ffcs

gc'rition hazard
tjtrirt f ho c;Qarator after an emergency stop
ing the cause of the emergency.
Mcttvki iiie tnat tne bowl is clean before restart.

1810737-02

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

Maintenance

Entrapment hazard
Make sure that rotating parts have come to a
complete standstill before starting any dismantling
work. The rotation indicator lamp, where applicable,
must be off.

Disintegration hazards
Always contact your Alfa Laval representative if you
suspect that the depth of the corrosion damage
exceeds 0.5 mm (0.2 mm for bowl body and bowl
hood) or if cracks have been found. Do not continue
to use the separator until it has been inspected and
given clearance for operation by Alfa Laval.
Disintegration hazard
Pits and spots forming a line may indicate cracks
beneath the surface.
All forms of cracks are a potential danger and are
totally unacceptable.
Replace any part where corrosion can be
suspected of affecting its strength or function.

Disintegration hazard
All forms of cracks are potentially dangerous as
they reduce the strength and functional ability of
components.
Always replace a part if cracks are present.
Disintegration hazard
Erosion damage weakens parts by reducing the
thickness of the material.
Pay special attention to the pillars between the
sludge ports in the bowl wall.
Replace parts If erosion is suspected of affecting
strength or function.

1810737-02

Max. 0,2 mm

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

Ay""*"*^^
Entrapment hazard
To avoid accidental start, switch off and lock power
supply before starting any dismantling work.
Make sure that the separator has come to a
complete standstill before starting any dismantling
work.

Disintegration hazard
Separator parts that are either missing, worn
beyond their safe limits, or incorrectly assembled,
may cause severe damage or fatal injury.

Disintegration h a z a r d
Do not weld nor heat parts that are subject to highspeed rotation.

Breaicdown hazard
Assemble the separator completely before restart.
All couplings, covers, and guards must be in place
and properly tightened. Failure to do so may lead to
breakdown.

1810737-02

1 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

10

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SAFETY

1810737-02

SA Separation

System

^ System Description
Apr 2002
1810738-02 V 1

a>^^

\/^""'

1j^,iB^

Salutians

beyond

technology

Alfa Laval

Contents
1

System Overview

1.1
1.2
1.3

1
2
4

Oil Flow
System Layout
System Components

T h e Process

2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4

5
6
8
9

Principle
Process Cycle Start
Discharge
Increased Water Content

1810738-02

1810738-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

System Overview

The SA Separation System is designed for

cleaning of fuel and lube oils for diesel engines,
and fuel oil for gas turbine engines, in marine
and power applications.

Cleaned oil leaves the separator through the oil

outlet while separated water and sludge
accumulate at the periphery of the rotating
separator bowl.

Heated oil is fed through the separator to clean

the oil from solid particles and water.

The control unit supervises the entire

operation of the separation system, performing
monitoring, control, and alarm functions.

The basic separation unit comprises:

A separator.

Ancillary equipment including control unit.

Optional equipment such as, butterfly valve,

vibration sensor, etc.

1.1

Oil Flow

The process adapts automatically to certain

changes in conditions, such as increased water
content in the vuiprocessed oil, high or low oil
feed temperature, etc.

Settling tank

Change-over
valve

Backpressure
regulating

valve

The unprocessed oil is fed through a heater by a

feed pump, operating at a constant flow.
A change-over valve directs the oil to the
separator. The cleaned oil is pumped from the
separator to either the daily service tank (fuel
oil), or back to the engine (lube oil).
During separator start and stop procedures,
during alarm conditions, or if the oil
temperature is outside the preset range, the oil
is directed by the change-over valve to a return
line back to the engine sump or settling tank.

1810738-02

Pump

Heater

Separator

Daily
service tank

1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.2 System Layout

Heater
Heats unprocessed
oil to separation
temperature.

Temperature
transmitter (TT1,
TT2)
Measures the oil
temperature and
signals the control
unit.

Pressure transmitter,
oil(PT1)
Measures the pressure
in the oil inlet, and
signals the control unit.

Pneumatically controlled
change-over valve (V1)
'
Directs the unprocessed oil to
the separator, or back to the
settling tank (recirculation fuel oil only).

Separator
_,
L, ,,
Cleans the oil by
removing water
and solid
particles,

Feed pump
Feeds
unprocessed oil to the
separator,

Unprocessed oil
inlet
Oil return

Solenoid valve block, water

Additional equipment
not part of the SA System

Distributes separator opening/

closing water, and conditioning
water.

1810738-02

Sludge outlet

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

Control unit
Supervises the separation
system.

1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

Pressure transmitter, oil

(PT4)
Measures the pressure in
the oil outlet, and signals the
control unit.

Water transducer (MT50)

Regulating valve (RV4)

Measures change in water

content in the cleaned oil,
and signals the control
unit.

To manually regulate the

backpressure in the
clean oil outlet.

Pneumatically controlled
shut-off valve (V4)
Closes the clean oil outlet.

Clean oil outlet

to service tank

Pressure transmitter,
water (PT5)
Measures the pressure in
the water drain outlet, and
signals the control unit.

Drain valve (V5)

Opens to drain separated water
from the separator.

1810738-02

1 SYSTEM OVERVIEW

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1.3 System Components

Control unit
EPC50

Combined regulating
valve (RV4) and shut-off
valve (V4)

Temperature
transmitter
(TT1TT2)

Water transducer
(MT50)

Pressure
transmitter, oil
inlet (PT1)

Pressure transmitter,
oil outlet {PT4)

Pressure
transmitter,
water (PT5)

Drain valve
(V5)

1810738-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

The Process

2.1

Principle

2 THE PROCESS

During the separation process, sludge and

water accumulate at the periphery of the
separator bowl.

Sludge and
water

Sludge and water are discharged at preset time

intervals. During discharge, the oil inlet is
closed.

Excessive water can also be drained from the

separator bowl between discharges.

The cleaned oil leaving the separator is tested

for traces of water. Any increase in water is
detected by the water transducer.

/~V_

1
Disc stack

Water

Vt.

ICT"
R\\^
^
m

The signal from the water transducer is

continuously transmitted to the control unit, in
which a reference value is stored. The control
unit compares the transducer signal with the
reference value. A significant deviation from
the reference value will cause draining of water.

1810738-02

EPC-50

:-.

Water
transducer

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2 THE PROCESS

2.2 Process Cycle Start

First the oil pump, separator, and heater are
started.
The temperature transmitter (TT) and the
speed transmitter (ST) signal the EPC-50
control unit continuously. When the correct
separator speed and the correct temperature
are reached, a sludge discharge is carried out to
ensure the bowl is empty. The control unit then
starts the process cycle.

The change-over valve directs the oil to the

recirculation line. Conditioning water is
added to the separator bowl until the
pressure sensor in the oil outlet senses
pressure and signals the control unit.

EPC-50

>..

The control unit registers the time taken for

water addition. This water flow reference
value is later used to calculate the correct
amount of conditioning water and
displacement water to be added.

The separator discharges.

EPC-50

S
f

1810738-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2 THE PROCESS

Using the flow rate calculated in paragraph 2

above, the control unit signals the solenoid
valve to open so that the correct amount of
conditioning water is added to the separator
bowl.

EPC-50

^\j

ty}^ ,'"

IXjBa*^

The change-over valve opens so that oil is

directed to the separator bowl. When
pressure in the oil outlet is sensed, the
pressure sensor (PT) signals the control unit.
The control unit calculates and stores the
time taken to add oil to the bowl.

EPC-50

- ^

The cleaning process is now running.

Unprocessed oil is fed to the separator, and clean
oil is pumped from the separator.

1810738-02

fXf?

-OO*'^

"^ttHMcstiar-^

Cxj

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2 THE PROCESS

2.3

Discharge

The separator discharges after a preset time has

elapsed. The following sequence takes place:
1

The change-over valve changes to oil

recirculation,

EPC-50

^
^XJQMOIMBS,

Using the flow rate calculated in paragraph 2

under 2.2 Process Cycle Start, page 6, the
control unit signals the solenoid valve to
open so that displacement water is added to
push the oil towards the disc stack.

After the calculated time for displacement

water addition has elapsed, the separator
discharges.

Conditioning water is then added, and a new

separation cycle begins.

1810738-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

2 THE PROCESS

2.4 Increased Water

Content
If the water transducer senses increased water
content in the oil, the following takes place:
1

The water drain valve (V5) opens for a

number of seconds.

The water drain valve closes again, and the

transducer signal is evaluated,

If there is still an increase in water content,

the drain valve opens again. If the water
content is still high after the drain valve has
opened five times, a discharge is initiated.

If the water content has decreased, the

separation cycle returns to normal.

1810738-02

2 THE PROCESS

10

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

1810738-02

5>l Separation

System

Operating Instructions
Apr 2002
1810739-02 V 1

-^.^

rg* W

,^s*

^^>f^'

I l '

g ^ ^

Solutions beyond

technology

Alfa Laval

Contents
Operating
1.1
Before Startup
1.2
Operators Panel
1.3
Startup
1.4
Manual Startup
1.5
During operation
1.6
Stop
1.7
Emergency Stop
1.8
After Emergency Stop
1.9
Cleaning In Place
1.10 Automatic Operation
1.11 Remote Operation
1.12 Emergency Operation
1.12,1 Manual Operation of the Separation
System

2
2
5
7
8
12
15
16
17
19
20
22
23
23

1810739-02

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Operating

1.1 Before Startup

1

Check that the separator is correctly

assembled and connected to power supply of
correct voltage and frequency. The EPC 50
Control Unit must be ON.
A^ARl*^

Breakdown hazard
Assemble the separator completely before start. All
couplings, covers, and guards must be in place and
properly tightened. Failure to do so may lead to
breakdown.

^ARMING

Electrical hazard
Follow local regulations for electrical installation and
earthing (grounding).

AANAB*^
Breakdown hazard
Check that the power frequency is in agreement with
the machine plate. If incorrect, resulting overspeed
may cause breakdown.

50 Hz?
60 Hz?

^AR**^

Use the separation system for the purpose, and

within the limits, specified by Alfa Laval. Failure to do
so could cause a violent breakdown.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

Check the oil sump level, If necessary, top up

until oil starts to run from the oil-filling hole.
NOTE
Too much or too little oil can damage the separator
bearings.

Rotation Direction

To check the rotation of the bowl, do a quick

start/stop. The motor fan must rotate in a clockwise
direction.
;AtlOt*

A'

If power cable polarity has been reversed, the

separator will rotate in reverse, and vital rotating
parts can loosen.

NOTE
To make this check, the Mode Selector Switch should
be In the CIP position.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

Air Valve Block

Use the pressure gauge situated in the air valve
block to check that the air supply is correct
(500 - 700 kPa or 5 - 7 Bar).
For further information concerning air, see chapter
7 Technical Data in the Installation System
Reference booklet.

Operating Water Pressure

Check that the operating water pressure is
sufficient (200 - 600 kPa or 2 - 6 Bar).
For further information concerning water, see
chapter 7 Technical Data in the Installation System
Reference booklet.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1.2 Operators Panel

The operators panel (local) is positioned on the
control unit.
A duplicate operators panel (remote) may be
connected for fully functional operation from a
remote location e.g. control room.
By using the REMIND software (see the
REMIND User's Manual) it is possible to
operate the control cabinet from a remote
position with the aid of a PC.
For ftu-ther information concerning
communication alternatives using REMIND '^^
and the Remote Operators Panel, see the Remote
Operation Systems the Installation System
Reference booklet.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

General principle for changing control

parameters
The 'Enter' button is used to;
- enter into a parameter list
- enter into a parameter
- accept/store a new parameter value.
The '+' or the ' - ' buttons are used to change the
value flashing in the display window.
Process parameters
Set the process parameters to suit the
installation as follows:
1

Push 'Enter'. Parameter no. 1 in the process

parameter list is shown.
You have now come to the process parameter
list. Go through the list and set parameters.

When the parameters have been set, 'End I/O'

(flashing) shows. Push '+', 'Standst.' now
shows in the display.

For information on how to set discharge

intervals, see chapter 3 Process Parameters in
the Parameter list booklet.

NOTE
Make sure that the operators panel is 'active' (LED
green) before operating.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.3

1 OPERATING

Startup

The control panel mode switch has three

positions: 'MANUAL', 'AUTO', and 'CIF.
The 'MANUAL' mode is for use on all Separation
Systems.
AUT

The 'AUTO' mode is for use on systems supplied

for fully automatic control and/or fully automatic
remote control. The following general rules apply
for use of the 'AUTO' mode:
e

The EPC 50 must have control of the oil feed

pump,

The EPC 50 must have control of the heater.

The EPC 50 must have control of vibration

monitoring.

The cover interlock must be fitted.

The 'CIP' mode is for use with Cleaning in Place

equipment. See "Cleaning In Place" on page 19.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1.4 Manual Startup

The first startup must always be carried out
manually.
Before startup make sure that all the main
supply valves for air, oil, and water are open.
Open heating media supply valve if applicable.
Switch on the power supplies. Make sure the
mode selection switch is in the 'MANUAL'
position.
1

Start the oil feed pump from the pump starter.

The oil flow/ can be read on the display
(parameter In 32). If applicable, set the
desired flow using regulating valve RV4.

If necessary, vent air from the heater through

the relief valve (if applicable).
Switch on the heater from the operator panel
(if applicable).
MOTE
The operators panel must be' active' to allow
operation.

Press the 'SEPARATION' button to activate the

EPC-50.

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

Before the separator can be started, a number of

questions scroll across the display which have to
be answered:
'Has the bowl been dismantled? + = YES, - = NO'
4

If the bowl has been dismantled press the '+'

button.

If no work has been carried out on the bowl, press

the '-' button, The start sequence begins and the
text 'Start' appears in the display.
NOTE
If this is the first start, answer 'YES'.

'Assembled according to manual? + = YES, - =

NO'
5

If the bowl has been dismantled and

assembled according to the instructions in the
Service Manual, press the '+' button.

'Bowl cleaned? + = YES, - = NO'

6

If the bowl has been cleaned press the '+'

button.
An automatic calibration of the system is
carried out. See display.

1810739-02

r +]
^^H
:^^^^^

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Listen and observe.

Vibration may occur during start up, when
passing critical speeds,This is normal and
should pass without danger.
If vibration increases, or continues at full
speed, press the emergency stop button and
stand clear until the vibration stops. The
separator, feed pump, and heater are
stopped when the emergency stop button is
pushed.
The emergency stop will only reset when the
speed sensor indicates zero speed.
Once the zero speed signal has been
received, the alarm reset button can be
pushed. The message ' Switch power on/off.'
will be displayed. This refers to the EPC 50
power indside the control cabinet.
The cause of vibration must be determined
and corrected before starting again!
See the Alarms and Fault Finding booklet.

A^A^**^
Breakdown hazard
Always observe the separator during start-up after
assembly. If strong vibration occurs, stop by using
the Emergency Stop button and evacuate the room.

i*olL
If the system is equipped with a vibration sensor, and
has control of heater and feed pump, the Auto Start
can be used.

10

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

The separator speed, and 'Start.' are shown

alternately in the display until the separator is
at full speed. When the separator is at full
speed, 'Standby' is shown on the display.

1 0 Check the oil feed temperature by pressing

the '+' button until 'TT1' is shown on the
display,

1 1 Wait until the oil feed temperature is correct:

Heavy fuel mode 98 "C
Lube oil mode 95 C (trunk engines), or 90 C
(cross-head engines)
Diesel oil mode 40 C

1 2 When the separator has reached the correct

speed, and the oil is at the correct
temperature, press the process start/stop
button on the operator panel to start the
separation process.

1 3 Adjust the backpressure to the normal running

value. Normal running backpressure is
determined at commissioning. See the
Installation System Reference booklet.

1810739-02

11

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.5 During operation

Operator panel information

Observe the operator panel information:

Heater operation LED lit (green)

Separator system operation LED lit (green)

Activated valve LED lit (green)

During normal operation, the ALCAP trigger

signal is shown on the left of the display, and the
time to next sludge discharge is shown on the
right.
Any alarm is indicated on the display. For
further information see the Alarms and Fault
Finding booklet.
NOTE,
Regularly check connections. Tighten if necessary.

12

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

NOTE

i
i

The values displayed in the examples below are not

recommendations.

M
*

More operational information may be read as

required, by pressing the '+' button repeatedly.

HEATGR

i5

SEPARATION

STOP
DISCHARGE

'

OP ACTIVE

To return to normal display, i.e. the trigger

value, and time to next sludge discharge,
continue pressing the '+' button.

Oil feed temperature. For the correct

separation temperature see the Installation
System Reference bool<let,

TT1

98 C

Oil pressure, oil inlet

PT1
Oil pressure, oil outlet

PT4

Pressure, water outlet

PT5

Water transducer value

Speed

Rpm

10300

Accumulated operating time in hours

Run time 5 hours

1810739-02

13

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

h^pso^^
Noise hazard
Use ear protection if noise levels are high.

^MUARNING

Breakdown hazard
Never reset an alarm without first finding and
remedying the cause.

A'

ATION

Bum hazard
Avoid contact with hot surfaces. Process pipes,
various machine surfaces, and processed liquid can
be hot and cause burns.

Slip hazard
Check all connections for leakage.
Oil leakage may make the floor slippery.

14

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.6

1 OPERATING

Stop

To stop t h e s y s t e m :

Stop the system by pushing the

'SEPARATION' button on the operators panel.
The yellow LED for separator stop sequence
starts to flash.
A sludge discharge is initiated.
The stop sequence LED changes to steady
yellow, and the green LED for separation
system operation goes out, when the sludge
discharge is completed,
'Stop' is displayed,
If the heater is controlled by the EPC 50, it is
switched off automatically.
When the oil feed temperature has started to
drop, the oil feed pump is switched off
automatically.
The separator comes to a complete standstill
after about 20 minutes. 'Standst.' is then
displayed.

B r e a k d o w n hazard
Stop the separator by means of the control unit, and
not by turning off the motor.

AcAirno*^
Never attempt to clean the bowl by manual discharge
in connection with stop.

1810739-02

15

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

If the system is switched off for reasons other

than high vibration, it is not necessary to wait
for the separator to slow down before restarting
the process.

^WAR*^''

Breakdown hazard
The system must not be restarted with the separator
rotating if high vibration alarm has been given.

1.7

Emergency Stop

If an emergency situation occurs, press the

emergency stop button and evacuate the room.
Do not return until the separator has come to a
complete standstill.
^ARNING

Disintegration hazard
If unusually strong vibration occurs, press the
Emergency Stop button and leave the room
Do not enter the room after an emergency stop
while the separator is still rotating.

NOTE
In order to be able to restart, the system must be at
standstill, and then the ERC power switched off - on.

16

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1.8 After Emergency Stop

Separator standstill

Dismantling work must not be started before all

rotating parts have come to a complete
standstill.

^OAW^*^
Entrapment hazard
Make sure that rotating parts have come to a
complete standstill before starting any dismantling
work. The rotation indicator lamp, where applicable,
must be off.

Avoid accidental start

^P^^^^^
Entrapment hazard
To avoid accidental start, switch off and lock power
supply before starting any dismantling work.
Make sure that separator has come to a complete
standstill before starting any dismantling work

1810739-02

17

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Remedy the cause

The cause of the emergency must be remedied

before attempting to restart the separator.
If the cause is not found, an overhaul must be
performed on the separator, and all moving parts
thoroughly checked
A^ARt**

Disintegration hazard
Do not start the separator after an emergency stop
without first remedying the cause of the emergency.
lUlaice sure that the bowl is clean before restart.

Separator reassembled

The separator must be fully reassembled with all

covers and guards in place and tightened before
unlocking the power supply and starting the
system.
^PXOf^

Breakdown hazard
Assemble the separator completely before restart. All
couplings, covers, and guards must be in place and
properly tightened. Failure to do so may lead to
breakdown.

18

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1.9 Cleaning In Place

The use of Cleaning In Place (CIP) equipment is
recommended for best separation results. For
further information on the CIP equipment, see
the CIP booklet, bookno. 1817261.
Before connecting the CIP equipment to the
Separation Unit, the switch on the control
cabinet must be turned to the CIP position. This
is to avoid accidental pumping of oil when the
pipeline is opened up.
For instructions on how to connect the CIP
equipment to the Separation Unit, see the
Service Manual booklet.

m^

For recommended CIP intervals see chapter 1

Technical Data in the Installation System
Reference booklet.

1810739-02

19

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.10 Automatic Operation

For automatic operation, the system must be
equipped for automatic start. Make sure the
mode selection switch is in the 'AUTO' position
and Pr3 has the correct setting.
NOTE
If local control is needed (for example in an
emergency situation), turn the switch to manual
mode. This will automatically override the Pr3
setting.

NOTE
The first startup must always be carried out
manually.
The system can thereafter be run automatically as
long as no changes are made to it between runs.

Before the separator can be started, a number

of questions scroll across the display which
have to be answered:
'Has the bowl been dismantled? + = YES, - = NO'
2

If the bowl has been dismantled press the '+'

button.

If no work has been carried out on the bowl, press

the '-' button. The start sequence begins and the
text 'Start' appears in the display.

20

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

'Assembled according to manual? + = YES, - =

NO'
3

If the bowl has been dismantled and

assembled according to the instructions in the
Service Manual, press the '+' button.

'Bowl cleaned? + = YES, - = NO'

4

+^

If the bowl has been cleaned press the'+'

button.
An automatic calibration of the system is
carried out. See display.

^ ^^^F^

To stop the process, press the 'SEPARATION'

button (see 1.6 Stop, page 15.)
If the system is to be restarted, the system
valves can remain in operating positions.

1810739-02

21

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1.11 Remote Operation

Remind/Remote Operation

NOTE
After maintenance, the system must be started
locally.
If in Remote, and '+' Is pushed in answer to the
question 'Has the bowl been dismantled?', the
system reverts to local control.

Follow the instructions in chapter 1.10

Automatic Operation, page 20.

22

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1.12 Emergency Operation

In the event of a water transducer failure, the
system can still be operated by setting
parameter Pr 4 in the EPC to standby mode (see
the Parameter List booklet). The transducer is
then disabled and the time to discharge
automatically changes to 15 minutes. 'Nc' (not
connected) is shown on the display. All Alcap
functions are disabled. Water is removed only
during a discharge. A reminder alarm is
activated after 24 hours.
If the system oil contains plenty of water, and
the oil density is less than 991 kg/m^, emergency
operation as described below is possible.

1.12.1 M a n u a l Operation of t h e
Separation S y s t e m
In the event of extemely high water content, the
system can be run manually by a competent
engineer using the following instructions:
1

Ensure all oil system manual valves are in the

correct position.

Set the selection switch on the control unit to

the MANUAL position.

Fit a jumper between terminals X 9 : l , and X9:2

in the EPC.

Start the feed pump.

Start the separator.

Heat the oil to the correct separating

temperature.
Where there is a Heatpac EHM electric
heater, usejumpers in the power unit to
bridge terminals XI2.11 -X12.6, X12.11 X12.9, andX12.11 - XI 2.7. Switch on the
heater and use the switch to regulate the
temperature.

NOTE
Remove the jumpers after emergency operation.

1810739-02

23

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

When the separator is up to speed and the

correct oil flow and temperature are achieved,
close the bowl. Open SVl 5 for 5 seconds,
Wait 15 seconds. Open SVl 6 fori 5 seconds.
The bowl is now closed.

Temperature, flow, and backpressure must

remain constant throughout.

Screw C (see illustration on the right), should

be in the outermost position (12 on the scale).
Screw C is fixed by stop B.

1 0 Remove the water outlet pipe at D.

24

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

1 1 Screw in screw A to move the paring tube to

its innermost position,
1 2 Open SV10 as follows:
Time
(sees.)

^Sjms'^M'&m
SA835

Amount bowl filled

(litre)

illii l&SSmM
40

1,1

msmmB
';||il|ilil?|i|lliiii mmmmi

|s|B|iii:3i||i WSel
SA855

30

3.0

SA875

40

7.0

^'siieigiliillBiiliillllilllliiii
1 3 Open SVI to open oil feed V I ,
1 4 Open SV5. This will open the water outlet
valve V5.
1 5 Carefully screw out screw A until water starts
to come from D or E.
1 6 Lock screw A in position.

h^psom^
Breakdown hazard
During operation open SV16 for about 5 seconds
every 15 minutes to ensure that the bowl remains
closed.

1810739-02

25

1 OPERATING

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Discharge
1

Close oil feed VI using SV1.

Close water outlet V5 using SV5.

Open SV10 to add displacement water as

follows:
Time
(sees.)

Amount b o w l filled
(litre)

SA826

60

0.9-

SA835

49

1.3

SA845

79

2.1

SA855

44

4.0

SA865

59

5.4

SA875

47

8.4

SA885

84

15.0

Open SV15 until a discharge is heard (within 5

seconds).

Wait 15 seconds.

Open SV16 for 15 seconds.

26

1810739-02

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1 OPERATING

Open SVI O as follows:

Time
(sees.)

Amount bowl filled

(litre)

SA825

40

0.7

SA835

40

1,1

SA845

70

1.9

SA855

30

3.0

SA865 ,

50

4.5

SA875

40

7.0

SA885

45

11.0

Open V I .

OpenV5.

1 0 Maintain backpressure at normal setting

throughout.

^yiAR***^

B r e a k d o w n hazard
Discharging of the bowl, and supervision of the operation,
is now completely manual and under the direct
responsibility of the engineer who has placed the
separation system in the manual control mode.

1810739-02

27

1 OPERATING

28

SA SEPARATION SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

1810739-02

S-type Separation

System

Parameter List
Printed
Book No.

Jun 2004
1810572-02 V 10

ir^vy^L

Contents
1

Parameter Setting

Installation Parameters

Process Parameters

Factory Set Parameters

11

Sequence Diagram

24

5.1

26

Separation Sequence

1810572-02

1 PARAMETER SETTING

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Parameter Setting

The parameters are set in the operator panel

for the different separator systems, and for
different conditions within the systems.
There are three parameter types: Installation,
Process, and Factory Set parameters.
The parameters are initially set at installation.
The process parameters can also be set as
required during operation.
Parameters not in use are not displayed.
The parameter list in this booklet is valid for
Separation Units (SU) and SA systems.

General principle
The 'ENTER' button is used to:
- enter into a parameter list
- enter into a parameter
- accept/store a new parameter value.
The '+' or t h e ' - ' buttons are used to change the
value flashing in the display window.

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

1 PARAMETER SETTING

To change parameters, proceed as follows:

1

Push the '+' or'-' button to change the

parameter value.

Push the 'ENTER' button. The new value is

stored.

Push the 'ENTER' button.

'Time to discharge P1 60' is shown. 'P1 is
the parameter, and '60' is the set value.

The parameter number is now flashing.

The'1'ofthe'P1'is flashing.
2

Push the'+' button until the number of the

parameter you wish to program appears in
the display window.

Push the'+' or'-' button to go to the next

parameter to be changed.

To leave the list, push the '+' and the '-'

buttons at the same time. The display shows
'Standst.' or, when in operation, the trigger
value to the left, and time remaining to
discharge on the right.

The chosen parameter number is now

flashing.
3

Push the 'ENTER' button.

The chosen parameter number is now
shown on the left side in the display The
parameter value is shown flashing on the
right side of the display.

LED for heater

(green)
Heater on/off
push-button

LED for control

program running
(green)

Control program
on/off push-button

Schematic
diagram with

LED for stop

sequence running
(yellow)

position LEDP

Sludge
discharge pushbutton
Display window

- pushbutton

+ pushbutton

Enter
pyg|-i.
button

Alarm reset

1810572-02

LED for common

main alarm (red)

LED showing
this panel
active

1 PARAMETER SETTING

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Tlie following lists are available for viewing

from a menu in tiie EPC-50 control unit:

Install (parameters)

Factory (parameters)

Alarms

Test

For detailed information see each list.

To open the menu and select a list, proceed as
follows:
1

Push the 'ENTER' button. The process

parameter list is now open.

Push the'+' button until 'End' is displayed.

Push the 'ENTER' button and the '+' button at

the same time. 'Install' will show flashing on
the display. -

Use the '+' button to select a list.

Use the 'Enter' button to enter into the

selected list.

To leave the list, push the '+' and the '-'

buttons at the same time.

To leave the menu, press the '+' button

repeatedly until 'Exit' is displayed. Push the
'ENTER'button.

1810572-02

rVr'E SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

2 INSTALLATION PARAMETERS

installation Parameters

' ''a+^ion parameters must be set before

i urt iip and before process
' '^ - i- '< "^heso parameters rarely
. . ''
!^ " f'W parameter
LU o^ toi OU, IL Ib iiecessary to go through
ile whoie list, and confirm at the end.
^OfE
Aita Laval caniiot be held responsible for injuries
and damage caused by usage of parameter values
vhioh are not in proximity to the factory values set
oy Alfa Laval.

^^'Bmef&F

Factory set
value

Plant set
value

Range
[i

en

|p

F f]

Description
h

G-f nan

Lrin }in
\\ ml t
I r I ( VL I
I n tht j[
)i t p n 11 .I'lAn <ii
1 IL sLm::lL i i d n ]urj i

f'b - far ^fiiS"''

fr = French
,. , - '

It ^ Italian
pt = Portuguese
fi = Finnish

^,.
' l ,

in i

se - Swedish

Alcap

A! dp

Ser dial r t , _

8304:^;^^ -^i J~

811 816

Sopardto' si^

?0C 820 821 B?5 826

Paranielofb t.p..ndin i n separator

size aie bat autjnati.. illv aciorJirg
t n i t e Liiupin
1

300 eJO ?l^ 8J5 836

IOC 840 841 845 fa4b
snr flTi 81^1 o5'j 56
.'-

uOO 360 661 865 b(}U

-'^

700 f'70 871 47'i '?7i

" 0 0 RC 8*11 IS'-, nur,
In 5

1-9

Separator identity

If more than one EPC on

same Sattbus

If more than one separator system is

connected to the internal Sattbus
communication, each system must
be given its own identity (1 or 2 or 3
etc.).

1810572-02

2 INSTALLATION PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory s e t
value

in 6

Yes

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

No

Speed sensor

Yes
In 7

No

No

Vibration sensor

Yes
In 8

No

No

OP remote

Yes
In 9

Yes

No

Water transducer

Yes
In 15

No

No

"^ludqppumi. uspd

YeIn 16

No

No

I/O expansion board used

Yes
In 17

Celsius or Fahrenheit

In 18

No

No (no heater)

Heater type

El. (electrical heater)

Steam (steam heater)
In 19

In 20

16

120

7 d 14 16 U e.', j c 10
50 56 m 72 84 QG 98
100 110 1-2 IPC ICc"
131 44 kw
0 - 999 seconds

El he-iler size
Activated when El is selected in
In 18
Steam-valve run time
Activated when Steam is selected in
In 18

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant s e t
value

2 INSTALLATION PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory set
value

Range

in 22

J5

0 - 30 seconds

In 23

15

0 - 240 seconds

Description
.Afarm delay time
Change-over valve VI temp, alarm
delay
Prevents false alarm due to any
fluctuations in temperature caused
by valve actions.

In 24

No

Nr

Chdngp over valve V1 dctr >T\ at ex*rd

Ves

dlcirm

When the extra alarm ir put is Lsed

action at alarm can be none (Nc^ c'
feed off (ye<\
In 25

In 26

Yes

No

No

Power fall alarm used

Yes

If this alarm is not required, set the

parameter to 'No*.

No

Type of computer communication

board used

ExtPC = Fieldbus
l-Net = Internet
In 27

0-255

Internet IP address, part 1

In 28

0-255

Internet IP address, part 2

In 29

0-255

Internet IP address, part 3

in 30

0-255

Internet IP address, part 4

In 31

No

No

Feed pump controlled

Yes

Feed pump has to be connected by

EPC when running In auto mode.

m h

Fi|->* latti in m^h per hcur o

US gallons per hour

In 32

Ui^Gh

T'-e feed flow measurement Lds^d

on inlet pressure cdn be displaye I in
one nf the!" ways

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

3 PROCESS PARAMETERS

Process Parameters

The process parameters can be adjusted easily

and as often as required, even during operation,
to meet changes in the operating conditions, e.g.
time between sludge discharges, oil temperature,
alarm points.

note
Regularly check the condition of the bowl. If there is
no noticeable amount of hard sludge in the sludge
space, the discharge interval may be increased by 30
minutes at a time. The total discharge interval must
not exceed three times the factory set value in order
to avoid an uneven build-up of sludge.

Parameter

Factory set
value

Pri
Pr2

c5s;- .
' '

Range

Description

120

1 - 999 minutes

Time to discharge

HF380

MDO = Marine Diesel Oil

GO = Gas Oil
IFxxx = Intermediate Fuel Oil
HFxxx = Heavy Fuel Oil
LO TP = Lubricating Oil for
Trunk Piston Engines
LO OH = Lubricating Oil for
Cross Head Engines

Oil type

OPIoc = Local OP in control

Control iocation'>^.

OPIoc

Pr3

'

Plant set
value

, , . ' - - . . . .

"

.:-^tf

ii^m-

(xxx represents viscosity in Ost at

50 C)

X)Pn8m-=. Remote OP

- ; . : " * -

ExtP''=-,ExtBrnCoraputer
'....'

##E'
Pr4

Pr5

.-i'

'::'.

l r ^ " ' ^ " -:''::'

>''

''

..J

F|en[[Link],=. Reracfte switches

On

00

On

Ateap On/Standby

Stb.

MT-50 function disabled when in

standby (Stb.). Discharge every 15
minutes (overrides Pr1). No
displacement water added.

0 0 - Not used

Countnojvn servirp timer

0 1 to 10 0x1000 hours

Action lb to be taken when thr timer

reaches 0

1810572-02

s Tvpi: SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

a ^ a m e t e r i Factory s e t
value
!'6

f,

Plant s e t
value

3 PROCESS PARAMETERS

Range

Description

0 = service time elapsed

Type of service

1 - 9 = Servicetext 1...9

When service timer Pr5 reaches 0,

an alarm is given and a message
shown

Infnrriirition

Keystospcridl fuHLtntiou- J hy
servLw' pg le^r

1 - liiitrs t i c f t n
? = '^crvri' mode

When Pr7 is set to 1 durinq normal

opunaticn the actudi timer is
displayedrfthe + button i<; pressed
once

0.0 - 6.0 bar

0.0 = oil pressure sensor
disabled

High oil pressure limit

1.0

0.0-6.0 bar

Low oil pressure limit

5.5

0.0-6.0 bar
0.0 = water pressure sensor
disabled

High water pressure limit

' -,">'.:---^ '\

cr : '

(cleaned oil outlet)

(water outlet)

Pr13

0.2

0.0-6.0 bar

Low water pressure limit

Pn4

3.0

0.0 - 6.0 bar

0.0 = feed pressure sensor
disabled

High feed pressure limit

r 1 6

0.2

I) 0 - e 0 bdr

LOA f- -1

lotJ I limit

Low pv^suie iridiCrit b n''.flirienl

fiow Th I JW preisurt limit rnu'jt be
mghef 'han ciny static pre s .ure- CUKI
lower than normal prpssurc
p.-If.

105C

0-115Cor

HFO/LO high temp, limit

0 - 255 F
0 = Temp sensor disabled
85 C

00

f.
iL

Cwi
>-

1810572-02

HFO LO Ijvi temp limit

3 PROCESS PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory set
value

Pr18

95 C

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

0-110Cor

HFO/LO setpolnt^)

0-240F

Setpoint for feed temperature is valid

only when a temperature controller is
installed in the ERC.

0 = Temp sensor disabled

Pr19

4'C

0-115=Cor

DO high temp limit

0-255F
Pr20

20 C

0-115Cor

DO low temp, limit

0-255F
Pr21

Pr22

10 C

40

-1-.

Cjr

DO sptpoint^

0-240 =

Setpoint for feed tsmpprature is valid

only when a temperature controlle' is
instdlled in the EPC

10-500%

P-constant^^
Preset value based on experience
with Alfa Laval Heatpac heaters.

Pr23

1.2

0.1 - 1 0 0 minutes

l-constant''^
Preset value based on experience
with Alfa Laval Heatpac heaters

Pr24

Pr25

0-9

Heater control location

0 = disabled or heater
controlled from EPC x

To be set when more than one EPC

temperature controller can be used
for one heater.

0 - 2 4 0 seconds
r

Sludge tank alarm delay (during

Ti 68)

Pr40

60

0 - 1 0 0 discharges

Test of sludge in bowl

Pr41

15

0-100%

Max decrease of displacement

water

^) Parameter appears only when heater board installed.

10

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Factory Set Parameters

Range

Description

See table on
page 22

0 1 - 99 99 litre

Conditioning water volume to be fed j

after discharge

Fa 6

0.2

0.0 - 9.9 bar

PT4 pressure increase or decrease.

(Test during Tl 59, Ti 64, Ti 70, Ti 71,
Ti 82) Signal that the bowl is filled.

Fa 10

See table on
page 22

0 -14000rpm

High speed

Parameter

Factory set
value

Fa 3

Plant set
value

i
1

0 = sensor disabled
Is set depending on
separator size

See table on
page 22

0-14000 rpm

Fa 12

300

0 - 2000 rpm

Fa 16

See table on
page 22

, 0 0 - 2.5 mm
0.0 = sensor disabled

Shutdown limit for separator spindle

amplitude

Fa 17

See table on
page 22

0 0 - 2.5 mm

Vibration alarm prewarning

Fa 18

0.5

0.0-2.5 mm

Vibration sensor adjustment zero

point. Zero point should be within 1.5
mm Fa 18

Fa 20

3 0 if Pr 2 = fuel
Oil

0 01-IOOpF

Alcap trigger factor

Fall

;:

Low speed

Is set depending on
separator size
Speed decrease during discharge

This IS the amplification factor for the

transducer signal so that the proper
tngger range is achieved

0 6 if Pr 2 = lube
oil
Fa 21

100

0 - 250 %

Trigger limit HFO

Fa 22

100

0 - 250 %

Trigger limit LO/DO

Fa 23

120 if Pr 2 = fuel
oil

0 - 999.9 pF

Alarm limit for high water transducer

value.

90 if Pr 2 = lube
oil

0 = water transducer
disabled

1810572-02

11

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Parameter

F a c t o r y set
value

Fa 24

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

70

0 - 999 9 pF

Alarm limit for tow water transducer

value

Fa 25

25

0 - 250 secondfa

Pulse time for open dram valve

Fa 26

0 - 3 0 seconds

Dram pause lime With the valve

closed, the system waits for the
result of the drainmg

Fa 27

70

0-100%

The limit below which the trigger

value must be to interrupt draining.

Fa 28

Limit for number of HFO drdininqs 1'

the trigger ^alup has not tdllen benw
the vaiue of fa 27 after F j AH an
dinrm <
i > given

Fa 29

0-100

.0

0 = disabled

Test of water transducer trigger

signal every x discharge.
(x = 0-100)

Fa 30

250

0-900%

Trigger level during Ti 64 - Ti 65

Fa 31

0-4

Reduction of Ti 72 due to trigger

signals during Ti 64, Ti 65,

0 = No reduction
1 = Reduction after every
trigg
2 = Reduction after 2
consecutive trlggs
3 = Reduction after 2 trlggs
within 3 discharges
4 = Reduction after 2 triggs
within 4 discharges

12

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Parameter

Factory set
value

Fa 32

1.0

Plant s e t
value

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Range

Description

00-1 0

Reduction of Ti 7? in DO mode
Timer Ti 72 is reduced by Fa 32

Fa 33

Fa 34

+0 00

0-10

J L^

Limit for number of LO drainings. If a

iiigher no. of drainings than Fa 33
tals place within one separation
period (Ti 68), an alarm will be given.
1

0 - 20^
200 = - 00

HhO temperature ddjuslmcnt MT JO

Tbmperat & corrperaatiur fo thwater Iransducer HFO mode

100-'2 11
Fa 35

+0.00

-2.00-+2.00

LO temperature adjustment, MT 50

0 = -2.00

Temperature compensation for the

water transducer, LO mode.'')

200 = 0.00
400 = +2.00
Fa 36

+0 00
1

1
i

-2.00 - +2.00

DO temperature adjustment, MT 50

0 = -2.00

Temperature compensation for the

water transducer. DO mode.^'

200 = 0.00
400 = +2.00

Fa 37

20

0-100

Fa 41

1 - 3 0 minutes

Flush water every x disch

Closing water pulse time
Time between closing water pulses

'^ The transducer value can be influenced by temperature variations. This can be compensated for by using this
parameter. Proceed as follows:
Note the transducer value. N.B. The transducer value must be steady (no water in oil) in order to do this test.
At normal stable running temperature, decrease the temperature by 10 C.
At stable new temperature, read the temperature and transducer value.
Example:
Temperature decrease = 10 C
Transducer value change = + 1 (from 82.6 to 83.6)
Since the transducer value increased, this must be compensated by making Fa34 negative.
Fa34 = (1.0xlO)/10C = - 1 . 0

1810572-02

13

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory set
value

Fa 42

No

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

No

V4 activated in Ti 64

Yes

To get a faster pressure response

when oil feed fills the bowl (see
Ti 64) valve V4 could be closed =
Yes.
Delay for close of V4 at leak test.
Automatically adjusted during test.
(Ti 66)

Fa 44

See table on
page 22

0 - 1 5 seconds

Fa 45

See table on
pagti 22

1 0-1'''!fi,ijrid!.

Fa 46

1.0

0 - 4 bar

Delay of P^4 pressure referenc c

value registration durina the
automatic adjustment of pressure
range for leakage test (SPP TJ 66)
Acceptable PT4 decrease during
leakage test
Alarm for leaking bowl If the pressure
decreases more than Fa 46 during
leakage test.

Fa 47

3.0

0 - 4 bar

Fa 48

10

0 - 4 bar

PT4 low limit during leakage test

0-10

Max no of leakage tests to establish

the test pressure within high-low
limits

Fa 49

For piarameters Fa 90 - Fa 95, see page 2 1 .

14

1810572-02

PT4 liigh limit dunng leakage test

3 fvPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

TJjv^e Sc^aaEscts Parisselei-s ( s e p a r a t i o n

;tart, sludge discharge, stop)

.'"arameters for timers are listed under Factory,

but are called Ti'.
'? ; . O .ijcied feedback from a timer is given,
ihc vw]cv i;^ ii:'terrupted and the next timer
'I feedback is not received within the preset
time, an alarm is given.
Timers for start are 50 - 59.
""ixiiers .for operation are 60 - 69.
'"imeTS tor discharge are 70 - 79.
Timers for stop are 80 - 89.
Timers 50, 51, 52 and 87 are intended for the
;|):'j autoiiiaiic' system (Auto mode) with pump
and heater controlled by EPC 50.
' MT(^-ir' and heater are started independent of
,nu .il>u i^aval starter, X6:4 - X40 must be
' ; ' ''ree closing contact at the
,...j;xi.u jjump contactor. Increasing
temperature is the only process condition needed
for timers 51 and 52. The program skips directly
so timer 55 when not 'fully automatic'.

1810572-02

15

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Range

Description

60

2 - 300 seconds

Feed pump on

Ti 51

15

0 - 3 0 seconds

Feed pressure feedback

Ti52

0 - 6 0 minutes

Separator slart-up (Speed feedback)

Parameter

Factory set
value

Ti50

Plant set
value

Speed above low limit (Fa 11)

expected Condition of belt, coupling,
motor beanngs, height adjustment,
and speed sensor supervised
Ti53

0 - 6 0 minutes

15

Heater on (temp, feedback)

Temperature above low limit (Pr 17,
Pr 20) expected to confirm that the
heater works normally.

Tl55

0 - 3 0 [Link]=
1
1
1

3 = nu standL\

1
1

Max time for'Standby mode Durina

Standby mode the system is
waiting for an order to btart the
procps! sequence The proccso
sequf ii>p IS Ltaitud [Link]' d |. j ^ h *
the stirt button
When Ti : " t' > 11 /.r-is tt r'witlnufdtldv

Ti56

3.0

0.1 - 5 . 0 seconds

Discharge if Ti 59 has expired after

alarm.

Ti57

15

0 - 3 0 seconds

Pause = Draining of operating

system

Ti58

See table on
page 22

0 - 6 0 seconds

Close bowl

16

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Parameter

Factory set
value

Ti 59

170

Plant s e t
value

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Range

Description

0 - 300 seconds

Water flow rate calibration

At start three questions are

displayed
Bowl dismantled'?
Assembled according to manual'
Bowl cleaned'?

4
1

When the answer to the third

{]uestion IS Yes, calibration of the
water flow rate through SV 10 takes
place. SV 10 IS open until pressure in
the water outlet increases (Fa 6)
TH water volume is defined for each
separator size Based on this and the
time taken to fill the bowl, the EPC
calculates the water f lowrate
When the answer is No, this means
that stored calibration data will be
used and consequently the program
performs Ti 63

Ti 60

See table on
page 22

0.1 -30.0 seconds

Discharge
- when starting, the operating
system needs some extra water to
support the operating slide before
closing the bowl. (This is not a
proper discharge, since the bowl is
empty.),
- after a power failure to prevent a
period between discharges greater
thanPrl.

Ti 61

15

0 - 3 0 seconds

Pause = Draining of operating

system

Ti 62

See table on
page 22

0 - 6 0 seconds

Close bowl

1810572-02

17

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory set
value

Ti63

120

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

' becond-i calculated

Based on the calibration of the water

flow rate the EPC calculate; the
time to which Ti 63 is set so that the
correal volume of condrtionirrg watc r
IS add>d to the bowl Data
concerning the bowl is activated
when size of bcparator is chooben
(In 4j The preset value <b just for
Stat After thu calculation *he
corroLt value for Ti 63 is set
autr nidtically

Ti64
Ti65

Conditioning water addsd

^<^

n Is

0 - V) .erjo IS

Oil ff ff* mi Mix bO '

Wati r tranbdui er puisp on itrol tini>^
Test of 'he siqndl from the Wiiter
trdnbclucLr If this shov b wjter in the.
Uli ttie displdLement time pnor tn
next dioch-irqe mil be rpduo d

TI66

See table on
page 22

0 - 3 0 seconds

Bowl leakage check

Ti67

60

0 - JOO S^CO ids

Time for stabilisation of the

transducer signal When the time
has elapsed the EPC stores the
actual transducer value as a
reference 'or changes n wate'
content

(See also Fa 44 - 49)

18

1810572-02

i YPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

i Parameter

Factory set
value

1 Ti 68

120( = Pr1)

Plant set
value

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Range

Description

0 - 300 minutes

Time between discharges This is the

same as Pr 1 If one is changed, the
other one is automatically changed
During Ti 68 the water transducer
supervises changes of the water
content in the clean oil If the tngger
value IS greater than 100, the dram
valve (V5)opens For details see Fa
25-28

1
!
1

! Ti 70

15

1 Ti71

-15 .

0 - 3 0 seconds

Oil feed off. Oil outlet pressure below

low limit (Pr 11) expected.

0 - 1 2 0 seconds

Displacement of oil During Ti 71, V4

ts closed until increasing pressure is
sensed, indicating displacement
water has entered the bowl

i
1

1 Ti 72

150

Seconds, calculated (max.

300 seconds)

Displacement water (SV 10)

continues for the calculated time.

I Ti73
i

10

0 - 3 0 seconds

Opening of the drain valve to wash

out any oil from the paring tube and
piping.

3.0

I 0.1 - 5 . 0 seconds

1
j Ti 74

1810572-02

Discharge

19

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Parameter

Factory set
value

Ti75

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Plant set
value

Range

Description

0 - 3J a"!- Jnj"!

Pausij = Draining of u|:eiatiiig

system
Discharge feedback (ds shonn by
decreased soeed Fa 111
If the speed sensor is out of ordbi
disabled feedback is autorndticalk
taken over by time' Ti 64 (If time,
close to 0 there was no discharge)
Draininq of operdting svstem tdkes
place dunng Ti 75
After "^175 the program rbturns to
T I B? rrcvided stop is not ordered
If however dny value or timer
mrluencing tne wator c ^librdtion h is
been chdnged the progrdrn returns
to Ti 58
[ When stop is ordered the d suharnp
precede the btop sequence

Ti81

See table on
page 22

0 - 6 0 seconds

Close bowl

TiB2

150

0 - 300 icconas

Heater oft
Addition of water until 80r o' boA'
volume or inci eased pressure is
sensed in the oil outlet (Fa 6) This is
to keep the bowl filled dunng stop
sequence

Ti83

Ti85

10

I S

0 - 3 0 seconds

Opening of the drain valve to wash

out any oil from the paring tube and
the pipe.

n - iO IT M ite

Temperature dec rtdsc

The EPC switchPb tfie separator
motor off
Decreasing oil fded temperature
greater than 5 C expected
f TI 85 = 0 no temperature control

20

1810572-02

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

S-TYPE

SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

' Decreasing speed expectea (Fa11)

Pump off
In Auto mode, the ERC switches the
feed pump off. By doing so after
switching off the separator, further oil
is fed to the heater (which is already
switched off) to help cooling. _ _
The EFC IS waiting for ze'o sped
As long as the separator <s rotatii n
at a speed greater thin 6 revs i r n
.1 puis, rev) tne speed is displayeJ
alternating wrtb Stop Speed Jpss
than 6 rerfb-nr is displayed ds 0
When speeo J fids beer. di-P'^yi '1

'->rlmPJt dtern-stnAt'i '-'rp,

t-fonls

l-<'i f' /

'

Set runtime, B oiidpit' ^ o,.-/.of Circuit Board in the Alarms and

Fault Findmg booklet.
Break point, cold start
The temperature up to which gam
factor Fa92 IS active Above this
temperature normal gam (Pr 22) is
active.
Gam factor, cold start
This factor is usea to increase the
normal P-band(Pr 22) w^hen
temperature is below that defined in
Fa 91.
[Link]-band = 30, Fa92 = 40
gives an actual P-band below Fa 91
of 0.40x30 = 12

21
1810572-02

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

Parameter

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Factory set

value
Fa 93

Plant set
value

SBSU

Range

Description

SBSU (Sattbus o n RS232)

Communication type

ASCII (ASCII protocol)

PRINT (Printer output)

Fa 94

9.6

1.2, 2.4, 4.8, 9.6, 19.2, or

38.4

Fa 9 5 ,

No

No

Serial communication Baudrate

channel A

(4.8 = 4800)
Communication parity channel A

Odd
Even
Fa 96

0.1 - l O . O p F

3.0 if Pr 2 = fuel
oil

Alcap trigger range during discharge

0.6 if Pr 2 = lube
oil

Parameters depending on separator size

Fa t o

Separator size

Fa3

S A A # ^ s 2 g U S 2 1 . S 626

pj

S 820, S 825, S 300, S 830, S 831,

0.3

11.000

04

Fall

Fa17

Fa44

Fa45

i 3 , 3 0 0 --^ SliOO-^.-, 0:3

0.2

9.900

0.3

02

9 600

8 600

05

03

10

Cl r o

7 400

05

03

10

09

7 8iJ

6 400

05

03

10

13

^O

5 500

05

03

10

10

.5

5 800

4.700

05

03

10

10

'

Fa16

S 835, S 836
S 400, S 840. S 841. S 845 S 846
S

s 1 c

^ Ci<-1 V j -

;j oe^^

s f^OO s 'leo s 1C1 s d65 S 866

S

"- ^

s --1 - i - c b r t 7 u

S GOO ^ ''u fa 881 885 S 886

Separator size

Ti58

Ti60

Ti62

Ti66

TIBI

S 811, S 816, S 200, S 821, S826

15

15

10

15

S 820, S 825, S 300, S 830, S 8 3 1 , S 835,

S 836

15

15

10

15

15

?n

15

-i"^

S 400 S 840 S 841 S 845 S 84i>

=. 1^00 S asr ^ sf^i b p 5 -^ 8 i

S 600 S 860 S 8 b 1 S 865 S 866

25

15

S "OC S 870 fa 8^1 & 8 "

3-

= 'i

S 800 S 880 S 881 S 865 S 8Bo

22

U)

1810572-02

60

1
2";

?
)

bO

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

4 FACTORY SET PARAMETERS

1810572-02

23

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Sequence Diagram
Start
Autostart
Separation
TI50 Ti51 T I 5 2 T T I 5 3 T I 5 5 Ti56 |Ti57 TI58 TJ59 Ti60 Ti61 Ti62 Ti63 Tl64 Ti65 IT166 Ti67 IT168
60s 15s 4m 15m 30m 3s 15s 15s 170s 5s
15s 15s Calc 60s 15s 10s 60s 60m

Activity
Feed pump
v
motor on
Flow stabilized

1
1 "^^i
1)

Separator
motor on
Heater on
temp increase
Heater max.
start time
Discharge, ' I
SVIS^'
Drain of
operating water
orsjfrg'water; ^

in

, I'-

"

1)

5^,

^S

?"' -: -

i
i

^ '

Ml

1)

Calibration of
water flow rate
SV10
Condifioning
water SV10
Feed on VI

1)

Oil outlet
closed, V4
Leak test

Ref time
Separation
Drain of water,
V5
Feed off
|[)>splacement
water

3)

<

i
1

>'

syio
Water
SV10
'!K**STW

sgsssi. .... -

IKUr

it^tterla.

.Toiiwe'P'

sj ...-i-- . i C - *

wn* fM ^-.-f" 'rV-

**.*ifS

' .'. 1) Interrupted by feedback signal

2) Pulse 1 sec. every 5 min.
3) Activated when needed
4) Interrupted by decreasing temperature

5)
6)
7)
8)

^f<m

- !*

** J* H '

ii/fi ;;]:{;'

Interrupted by decreasing speed

Interrupted by pump off feedback
Intermpted by O-speed during 1 min.
Interrupted by calculated time
or trigger signal

9) 1 sec. pulse at 4000 rpm

10) 5 sec. every 30 minutes
11) 15 sec. only

HOTE;
Note! This diagram is valid for normal operation only. See the flow chart on page 30 for a more detailed
sequence description.

24

1810572-02

10) -

PE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Stop

niiJ'g&

' , . - :

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

1 7i
1

i , / 2 i Ti73|TI74 TI75 Ti62 Tf63 TI64 T(65 Ti66 J'67:; T i 8 l Ti82 iTi83 Ti85 Ti86 Ti87 T i 8 9 |
{
15s 158 Caic 60s l'ss lOs 60s 15s 150$ 'lOs 5m 3m 60s 30m 1
1

4^

"

Activity
4)

i T^

5)

6)

'- r

7)

Feed pump
motor on
Flow stabilized

Separator
motor on

Heater on
temp increase
Heater max.
start time

'-;,.:

''^4

-'

'

:-

"'

'

I
1

9)<

'

Closing water; "

SV16

discfiarge,
SV15 Drain of
operating
water

Calibration of
water flow rate

\
,

SV10
Conditioning
water SV 10

Feed on V I

1)

Oil outlet
closed, V4

1
s

Leak test

Ref time

i
1

Separation
Dram of water,
V5

'

Feed off

'

Displacement
water

i''al

SV10
1)
1

SV10

1
1
If 'Stop' after Ti62 skip'to

11)

Water
Optional
sludge pump

Ti81
1

Flow rates for

S811,S816, S200,
S821, S826

Flow rates for

S820, S825, S300
S830, S831, S835,
S836, S400, S840,
S 8 4 1 , S 8 4 5 , S846

Flow rates for

S500, S850, S851,
S855, S856, S600,
S860, S861, S865,
S866

Flow rates for

S700,S870, S871,
S875, S876

Flow rates for

S800, S880, S881,
S885, S886

SV10:0.9l/rn

SV10:1.6l/m

SV10:5.5l/m

SV10:11 l/m

SV10:15l/m

SVI 5:11.0 l/m

S V I 5:11 l/m

SV15:11 l/m

S V I 5 : 1 1 l/m

SVI 5 : 1 1 l/m

SV16: 2.8 l/m

SV16; 2.8 l/m

SV16: 2.8 l/m

SVI6: 2.8 l/m

SV16: 2.8 l/m

1 8105 72-02

25

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

5.1 Separation Sequence

Timer

Action

Ti 56 = 3 sec.

Discharge

SV15

To ensure that the operating system gets sufficient

water before closing.

Ti 57 = 15 sec.

Draining of operating water

Ti 58 = See table
chapter 4.

Bowl closing

IF*

A.

Alarms

SV16
Ti 59 = calculated

Calibration of water flow

V 4, SV 10

Bowl filled with water until pressure is indicated in the

oil outlet (Parameter Fa6 = 0.2 bar). Flow rate is
calculated based on the known bowl volume and time
taken to fill with water.

Ti 60 = See table
chapter 4.
SV15

Ti 61 = 15 sec.

'NO PT4 PRESSURE

FEEDBACK DURING Ti 59'
Ti 59 has a max. value of 170
sec. Alarm is given if no
pressure response within this
time.

Discharge
Normal start begins here. There are two reasons for
this:
1. To ensure that the operating system gets sufficient
water before closing.
2. To empty the bowl before start after power failure.

Pause
During this timer, water is drained from the operating
system.

Ti 62 = See table
chapter 4.

Bowl closing

SV16

26

Ti 63 = calculated

Filling of conditioning water

SV10

The time (volume) is based on the calibrated flow rate

and bowl volume.

1810572-02

Max. 120 sec.

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

Timer

Action

Ti 64 = 60 sec.

Feed on to separator

V 1, (V 4 automatic
selection)

Aiarms

'Oil bacltpressure PT4 - LOW

Alarm is given if no pressure
response in oil outlet within
Ti64.

Ti 65 = 15 sec.
VI

Test of water content in oil outlet

Ti 66 = See table
chapter 4.

Bowl leaking test

OIL LEAKING FROM BOWL'

With the feed off and the oil outlet closed, a

decreasing pressure indicates that the bowl is
leaking.
In order to find a suitable pressure range ( 1 - 2 bar)
for test, Ti 65 and Ti 66 may be repeated (see Fa 49).

Alarm is given if the pressure

falls by more than 1.0 bar.

V4

; Ti 67 = 60 sec.

If traces of water are detected in the oil outlet, the time

for displacement {Ti 72) will be reduced before next
discharge.
After calibration start, the oil outlet pipe is filled with oil
and the system now skips to Ti 70 to perform a
discharge. Ti 72 max 90 sec interrupted by
transducer response.

Reference time

V1

After the process has stabilized, the transducer

(MT 50) reference value is stored.

Ti 68 = 120 min.

Separation.

Water drain - INSUFFICIENT'

V1 (V5)

When necessary, the drain valve (V5) in the water

outlet opens for a short while. The trigger value is then
checked during a few seconds. Draining stops when
the trigger value is lower than 70. Draining can
continue max. 5 openings. After 5 openings, skip to
Ti74.

During separation all necessary

functions are supervised.
Alarm given if more than 5
openings and trigger value not
less than 70.

1810572-02

27

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Timer

Action

Ti 70 = 15 sec.

Feed off.

Oil outlet pressure decreases.

Alarms

'OIL PRESSURE PT4 HIGH

DURING Ti70'.
Alarm given if no pressure
feedback.

Ti 71 = 15 sec.

Displacement water.

V4, SV10

Oil outlet pressure increase more than 0.5 bar

indicates that water is fed. The timer is then
interrupted.

Ti 72 = 0 - 1 5 0 sec.

V5
Ti 74 = 3 sec.

Alarm given if no pressure

feedback.
Max. 15 sec.

Displacement water.

SV10
Ti 73 = 10 sec

'NO PT4 PRESSURE

FEEDBACK DURING Ti71'.

Max. to calibrated value.

Water pumped out through the water outlet to wash
out any remaining oil.
Sludge pump in operation.
Discharge.

SV15
Ti 75 = 15 sec.

Discharge feedback and draining of operating

system

'Discharge feedback ERROR'.

After'bowl cleaned' at start, the program continues

with Ti 58 - 68. Once Ti 68 has elapsed, the program
skips from Ti 75 to Ti 62 after every discharge, or to
Ti 81 if stop is ordered.

Alarm is given if bowl speed

after discharge is not below
Fa 11 minus Fa 12.

TI 62 to 67
repeated.
orTiSI

28

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

!
i

j Timer
Ti 81 = See table

IT.-

. "" sec,

1 V'+i bv lU
hlcateroft

HHHI 1 Ti S;-; --- ')0 sec

I V5

1 Separate)!' motoi off

1 Ti 86 = 3 min.

1 Ti 87 = 60 sec.

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

Action

Alarms

Bowl closing

Water to the bowl.

Timer interrupted when 80% of bowl volume is filled,
or when pressure in oil outlet is increased by more
than 0.2 bar.

Max. 300 sec.

Water pumped out through the water outlet to wash

out any remaining oil from the paring tube and pipes.

Waiting for oil feed temp. decreaseTimer is interrupted when temp, decrease below low
limit.

'Temperature - NOT
DECREASING'
If temp, not decreased within Ti
85.

Waiting for speed decrease.

'Bowl speed - HIGH xxxxx'

Time for cooling of heater

If speed not decreased within

timer.

Timer is interrupted by pump off feedback.

1 Feed pump off

1 Ti 89 = 30 - 60 min.

Waiting for zero speed

When speed = 0, timer is interrupted and 'Standst' is
indicated.

Max. 60 min.

1810572-02

29

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Process Start

Start With Calibration

Ti50-54 Feed,
speed,and
temp check

Ti55 Standby.
Push
'Separation' to
continue

Ti 60 Discharge

Ti 61 Pause

Ti62 Bowl
closing

Ti64 Feed on
Calibration

Ti65 Stabilizing

T
Ti70 Feed off

Ti71 Displ.
water check

Ti72
Displacement

Ti 73 Water
outlet flushing.

Ti74 Discharge

Ti75 Pause and

discharge
feedback

30

1810572-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

Start Without
Calibration

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

Discharge

Stop

Ti50-54 Feed,
speed, and temp
check

Ti81 Bowl
closing

T
Ti55 Standby.

Ti82 Water into

[Link] off

Push 'Separation'
to continue

Ti83 Water outlet

flushing

Ti 60 Discharge
Ti71 Displ.
water check

Ti85 Sep. motor

off. Check
decreasing temp

Ti 72
Displacement

Ti86 Heater
cooling. Check
decreasing speed

Ti 73 Water
outlet flushing.

Ti87 Pump off

Ti74 Discharge

Ti89 Waiting for

0-speed

Ti75 Pause and

discharge
feedback

Stop

1810572-02

31

5 SEQUENCE DIAGRAM

32

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM PARAMETER LIST

1810572-02

S-type Separation

System

^ Alarms and Fault Finding

Printed
Book No.

Mar 2005
1810573-02 V 10

^^'^\y^'^

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

Alarms

1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.3
1.4

2
2
3
3
4

Alarm Functions
Reading Alarm History List
Alarm message explanation:
Alarm Reset
Abnormalities not displayed

Display Alarms and Actions

Alarm Tests

5
19

1810573-02

I ALARMS

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

Alarms

1.1 Alarm Functions

The alarm system is designed to ensure a safe
epai-.'ition system.
All alarms are shown on the operator panel
display, and most of them are complemented by
light emitting diodes (LEDs).
The alarms are displayed in order of occurrence.

1.2 Reading Alarm History

List
To read the stored list of aleirms, do as follows:
Push 'Enter'.
Push '+' until 'End' is shown on the display. ^
Push 'Enter' and '+' at the same time.
Push '+' repeatedly until 'AL list' shows on the
display.
Push 'Enter'.
Go through the list using the '+' pushbutton
until 'End' shows on the display.
Push 'Enter'.
Push '+' repeatedly until 'Exit' shows on the
display.
Push 'Enter' to return to normal display.
H0T6
The texts 'Aicap Pr4 = On/ Standby', and 'Discharge
Repeated' are reminders to the operator, and not
alarms.

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

1 ALARMS

1.2.1 Alarm message explanation;

The display shows:

Alarm no. 5

Alarm number

0:13

This alarm occvired 13 minutes ago.

Feed pressure low

Type of alarm

PI

Parameter Pr 1 was set to 60 minutes.

60

[Link]

The alarm was reset after 2 minutes 13 seconds.

1.3 Alarm Reset

^ ; ^ H 6

Breakdown hazard
Never reset an alarm without first finding and
remedying the cause.

Acknowledge the alarm signal by pressing the

alarm pushbutton.
The flashing LED then changes to steady
shine.

Remedy the cause.

Reset the alarm function by pressing the

alarm pushbutton a second time.

The LED will go out.

It is possible to reset the system without

remedying the cause, but the alarm signal wl
be repeated.
HOTE
The STOP sequence is automatically initiated if an
alarm is not remedied within 30 minutes.

1810573-02

^^z^
\

ALARM

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

1 ALARMS

ftlOI*

Risk of injury
Never return to the operator panel to acknowledge or
reset an alarm if doing so is by any means
hazardous.

1.4 Abnormalities not

displayed
There are some abnormalities not shown on the
display. Below are listed the most common:

Why?

Smell

Noise

Unsatisfactory separation result

What to do

Normal occurrence during start

while the friction biocids are
slipping.

None.

Oil level in oil sump too low.

Check oil level and add oil if

necessary.

Height position of paring disc is

incorrect.

Stop the separator, measure and

adjust the height.

Bearing(s) damaged or worn.

Renew all bearings

Improper bowl assembly

Check and reassemble.

Incorrect separation
temperature.

Adjust.

Throughput too high.

Adjust.

Disc stack is clogged.

Clean disc stack.

Sludge space in bowl is filled.

Clean and reduce the time

Bowl speed too low.

Examine the motor and power

transmission for correct frequency
parts.
Check belt and coupling pads.

Bowl rotates in wrong direction

1810573-02

Check the electncal connections

to the motor.

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

Display Alarms and Actions

The display
shows

on page

The display
shows

on page

Alcap in standby - MORE THAN 24 HOURS

17

10 expansion board - ERROR

18

xxxxx board - ERROR

18

IP address-FAULT

13

Bowl speed - HIGH xxxxx

11

Level switch - DISABLED

18

Bowl speed - LOW xxxxx

12

Local OP in control

17

Bowl speed sensor - ERROR

13

Lockswitch - FAILURE

Communication - ERROR x x x x x

la

NO PT5 DRAIN FEEDBACK DURING T i x x

17

Computer communication board - ERROR

18

NO PT4 PRESSURE FEEDBACK DURING T i x x

15

Discharge feedback - ERROR

17

NO SIGNAL FROM EXTRA INPUT X6:8

16

Emergency stop - BUTTON PUSHED

Oil backpressure PT4 - HIGH

13

Feed flow PT1 - ERROR DURING Tixx

11

Oil backpressure PT4 - LOW

14

Feed pressure PT1 - HIGH

15

Oil feed temperature - HIGHxxxxx

Feed pressure PT1 - LOW

15

Oil feed temperature - LOWxxxxx

10

Feed pressure sensor PT1 - ERROR

15

OIL LEAKING FROM BOWL

13

Heater - FAULT

16

OIL PRESSURE PT4 HIGH DURING Ti70

15

Heater board - ERROR

18

Oil pressure sensor PT4 - ERROR

14

Heater connection - ERROR

18

Parameter xx:xx - ILLEGAL

18

High vibration - SHUTDOWN

Parameter changes - LOCKED

13

High vibration - WARNING

POWER FAILURE

17

HIGH WATER CONTENT

16

Pressure in water outlet PT5 - HIGH

15

HIGH WATER CONTENT IN OIL

17

Pressure in water outlet PT5 - LOW

15

1810573-02

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

on page
The display
shows

Pump starter-FAILURE

15

Separator motor - FAILURE

13

Separator run-up time - TOO LOTslG

16

Service alarm

18

SLUDGE IN BOWL

13

Sludge tank level - HIGH

13

Switch power off/on

17

Temperature increase - TOO SLOW

18

Temperature - NOT DECREASING

18

Temperature alarm sensor - ERROR

10

Temperature control sensor - ERROR

11

Transducer - NO RESPONSE

17

WIT 50 board - ERROR

16
16

Transducer value ^ LOW

16

Vibration board

18

cition sensoi

ERROR

LHKIJH

Water drain pressure

HIGH

Water pressure sensor PT5 - ERROR

8
17
15

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

The display
shows

Lockswitch - FAILURE

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

Why?

What to do

Separator not mounted as

Mount the separator according to
described in the Service Manual the instructions in the Service
booklet.
Manua/booklet.

HOTE
The cause of this alarm must
be remedied within 30
minutes. If not, the STOP
sequence will begin.
High vibration - SHUTDOWN

Sludge remaining in part of the

bowl

Dismantle, clean and check the

bowl before restart. See Service
Manual.

^ A B H *
Disintegration liazards
If excessive vibration occurs, stop
separator and keep bowl filled with
liquid during rundown.
The cause of the vibration must be
identified and corrected before the
separator is restarted.

Disintegration hazard
The separator bowl must be
manually cleaned before
starting up again.

Check assembly See Service

Disc stack compression incorrect Manual.
Bowl wrongly mounted

Bowl assembled with parts from

other separators
Height position of paring disc is
incorrect.

Stop the separator, measure and if

necessary adjust the height.

Bowl spindle bent.

Renew the bowl spindle.

Bearing(s) damaged or worn.

Renew all beanngs.

The frame feet are worn out.

Renew the frame feet.

SpindlS top bearing spflnig

broken.

Renew all spnngs.

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

High vibration-WARNING

Why?

What to do

Sludge remaining in part of the ; Dismantle, dean and check the

bowl
bowl before restart.

Disintegration hazard
The separator bowl must be
manually cleaned before
starting up again.
Check assembly. See Service
Disc stack compression incorrect Manual.

Bowl wrongly mounted

Bowl assembled with parts from

other separators
Height position of paring disc is
incorrect.

Stop the separator, measure and if

necessary adjust the height.

Bowl spindle bent.

Renew the bowl spindle.

Bearing(s) damaged or worn.

Renew all bearings.

The frame feet are worn out.

Renew the frame feet.

Spindle top bearing spring

broken.
Vibration sensor - ERROR

Sensor or cable damaged

Renew all springs.

Replace sensor. If no spare sensor
available, set parameter Fa 16 =
0.0 to be able to run the system.
Note that it is not possible to run
in AUTO mode.

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Why?

Emergency stop - BUTTON PUSHED

Emergency button pushed

WiiHt to do

Remedy cause for pushing button.

Reset pushbutton.

Oil feed temperature - HIGHxxxxx

Steam supply valve faulty

Faulty triac module(s) in the
power unit or faulty controller in
the control unit (electric heater).

Investigate cause and remedy.

If relay K11 is on:
Disconnect X12:10.
If the temperature is falling,
replace the control module in the
control unit.
If the temperature is not falling,
replace the triac module(s).
If relay K11 is off. but contactor
K12. K16. or K17 is on. and the
temperature is not falling:
Check if power is supplied from
the control unit to the contactor
which is on (X12:6 - X12:12, X12:7
- X12:12. X12:9 - X12:12). If it is.
replace the control module in the
control unit.

Broken wiring or defective heater

resistance, or faulty controller In
the control unit.

Check adjustment of P and I

functions in the control unit.
If contactor sequence correct:
Check wiring and heater
resistance of each block or heater
element. See EIHM heater
component booklet.
If contactor sequence not correct:
Replace the control module in the
control unit.

1810573-02

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Oil feed temperature - LOWxxxxx

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM AURMS AND FAULT FINDING

Why?

Heater clogged

What to do

Investigate cause and remedy

Steam supply insufficient

Steam trap faulty
Steam supply valve faulty
Faulty fuses or burned
contactors
(electric heater)

Check andrenewbroken fuses.

Reset overcurrent protection
(applicable for m - 24/22 kW
power unit)
Check wiring and contactor coils.

Temperature alarm sensor - ERROR

Broken wiring or defective heater

resistance
(electric heater)

Check wiring and heater

resistance of each block or heater
element. See the Service Manual
booklet.

Short circuit/ broken sensor or

cable.

Disconnect cable at sensor.

iVIeasure resistance between 1-3.
Resistance shall be within 100-142
ohms 3 0-110 C / 32-230 F.
Test of EPC 50 Input:
Disconnect cables from sensor,
(terminal X 5:1-2-3).
IIAove jumpers Xjl and Xj2
upwards - from Normal to Test
(The jumpers can be found in
the upper left corner of the I/O
Board)
> Indication within 50-60 C when
OK.
If no spare sensor available set
parameter Pr 16 = 0, or if control
sensor free, move connection
to that one

10

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

The display
shows

Temperature control sensor - ERROR

Feed flow PT1 - ERROR DURING Tlxx

Bowl speed - HIGH xxxxx

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

Why?

Short Circuit / brol<en sensor or

cable.

What to do

Disconnect cable at sensor.

Measure resistance between 1-3.
Resistance sliall be wittiin 100-142
oiims = 0-110 C / 32-230 F. If no
spare sensor available set
parameter Pr 18 = 0. Heater is tlien
out of function.

Pump not working

Checic pump.

Pressure in feed line too low

Checic feed line.

High power (net) frequency

Checif power supply before

restart.

Incorrect transmission parts

(50 Hz belt pulley and belt for
60 Hz power supply).

Disintegration hazard
Stop and change the belt
transmission to suit the
power supply frequency.

1810573-02

11

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Bowl speed - LOW xxxxx

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

Why?

What to do

Slipping belt

Change belt.

Worn coupling pads

Check / change pads.

Bowl not properly closed

Check closing water supply (valve

SV 16).
Check bowl operating system for
leakage.
Check nozzle.

Bowl not properly assembled

Check that the lock ring is in

place.

Low power net frequency

Check power.

Motor failure.

Repair the motor.

Bearing(s) damaged.

Renew all bearings.

Incorrect transmission parts (60

Hz belt pulley and belt for 50 Hz
power supply).

Disintegration iiazard
Stop and change the belt
transmission to suit the
power supply frequency.

12

1810573-02

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

The display
shows

Bowl speed sensor - ERROR

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

Why?

Sensor or cable damaged

What to do

Replace sensor, if no spare sensor

available set parameter In 6 = No
to be able to run the system. Note
that it is not possible to run in
AUTO mode.

Separator motor - FAILURE

Feedback signal from contactor

K 2 missing

Check the contactor function.

Input terminal
X 6:5 in EPC 50.

OIL LEAKING FROM BOWL

Bowl periphery sealing

damaged

Change seal ring in bowl hood.

Leakage somewhere in oil outlet

Check for leakage.

Closing water leaking

Check/change sealings and plugs.

Too much sludge in t)owl

This alarm cannot be

acknowledged. The separator will
come to a stop Wait until EPC
comes to 'Standstill. Investigate
cause and remedy.

SLUDGE IN BOWL

Sludge tank level -HIGH

Pump has not drained the tank

Check/change rubber rmgs and

valve plugs.

Check the pump function.

A code has been set to make

parameter changes not possible

Unlock the code.

IP address - FAULT

Wrong IP address used in

In 27-30

Check the setting.

Oil backpressure PT4 - HIGH

Increased throughput

Parameter changes - LOCKED

Regulating valve too restricted

1810573-02

Check. Reduce backpressure.

Adjust valve

13

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Oil backpressure PT4 - LOW

Why?

Decreased throughput

-What to do

Check feed pump and adjust flow.

Regulating valve open too much

Adjust valve

Change over valve V1 in

recirculation position

Check air pressure, solenoid valve

SV1 and output from EPC 50
terminal X 8:1-X 41

Bowl opens unintentionally during

operation because:
Strainer in the operating water
supply is clogged.

Clean the strainer.

No water in the operating water

system.

Check the operating water system

and make sure any supply valves
are open

Hoses between the supply

valves and separator are
incorrectly fitted.

Fit correctly

Nozzle in bowl body clogged

Oil pressure sensor PT4 - ERROR

14

Clean the nozzle

Rectangular ring in discharge

slide is defective.

Renew the rectangular ring.

Valve plugs are defective.

Renew all plugs.

Supply valve SV15 for opening

water is leaking.

Rectify the leak.

Sensor or cable damaged

1810573-02

Replace sensor. If no spare sensor

available set parameter Pr 10=0.0
to be able to run the system.

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Whyi

What to do

OIL PRESSURE PT4 HIGH DURING Ti70

No decrease in oil pressure

during this timer.

Check function of change-over

valve V1.

NO PT4 PRESSURE FEEDBACK DURING

No Increase in oil pressure

during this timer

Check supply of displacement

water. Valve SV 10.

Pressure In water outlet PT5 - HIGH

Paring tube not moving correctly Check that movement is not

impeded-by frKtion.

Pressure in water outlet PT5 - LOW

Paring tube not moving correctly

Check that movement is not

impeded by friction.

Sensor or cable damaged

Check cable connections

Water pressure sensor PT5 - ERROR

Replace sensor. If no spare sensor

available set parameter Pr 12=0.0
to be able to run the system.
Feed pressure sensor PT1 - ERROR

Sensor or cable damaged

Check cable connections

Replace sensor. If no spare sensor
available set parameter Pr 14=0.0
to be able to run the system.

Feed pressure PT1 - HIGH

Pipe restricted

Check recirculation for restriction

Feed pressure PT1 - LOW

Low flow

Check pump and flow regulation.

Check heater for fouling.

Pump starter - FAILURE

Feedback signal from contactor

K 3 missing

1810573-02

Check the contactor function.

Check input terminal X 9:1 in the
EPC.

15

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Why?

What to do

NO SIGNAL FROM EXTRA INPUT X6:8

Depends on use of the input

Depends on use of the input

Separator run-up time - TOO LONG

Separator coupling slipping

Check the coupling.

Belt slipping

Check the belt.

Height position of paring disc is

incorrect.

Stop. Check and adjust the height.

Motor failure

Repair the motor.

Bearing(s) damaged or worn.

Renew all bearings.

Separator start button not

pushed.
Heater - FAULT

Push start button.

OV in cable heater X 12:3 to EPC Check the power supply to the

50X51:4
heater.
(electric heater)
High temp, switch released
(electric heater)

Check temp setpoint in the

control unit.
Check the heater and clean if
necessary.
Reset temp, switch in power unit.
Restart heater.

MT 50 board - ERROR

Transducer value - HIGH

Faulty board

Extremely high water content

Fouling In the monitor MT 50

Transducer value - LOW

HIGH WATER CONTENT

Too much air in oil outlet

Check the dirty oil quality.

Dismantle and dean with
detergent.
Check oil back pressure

For HFO and DO

Too much water in oil
Much water in the feed
Paring tube not moving properly

16

Change MT50 Board (see Change

of Circuit Board in the Service
Manua/booklet).

1810573-02

Investigate cause and remedy.

Check the dirty oil quality.
Check that movement is not
impeded by friction.

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

The display
shows

HIGH WATER CONTENT IN OIL

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

ForLO
Too much water in oil

Investigate cause and remedy.

Much water in the feed

Check the dirty oil quality.

Paring tut not moving properly

Alcap in standby - MORE THAN 24 HOUR!

Water drain pressure - HIGH

NO PT5 DRAIN FEEDBACK DURING Tixx

Transducer - NO RESPONSE

Discharge feedback - ERROR

Local OP in control

POWER FAILURE

Switch power off/on

What to do

Why?

Reminder

Water pressure has not

decreased sufficiently though
valve V5 open.

Check that movement is not

impeded iiy friction.
Check the reason for stand by and
try to get back to normal operation
as soon as possible.
Check V5 function

Clean the outlet pipe.

Restriction in water outlet
causing no reduction in pressure
Expected increase of trigger
signal during Ti 64 and Ti 65
failed

Check water supply Valve SV 10.

Speed not decreased as discharge

feedback (below Fa12) caused by:
Strainer in the operating water
supply is clogged.

Clean the strainer.

Water flow too low.

Check opening water. Valve SV 15.

Hoses between the supply

valves and separator are
incorrectly fitted.

Correct.

Rectangular ring in the operating

slide is defective.

Renew the rectangular ring.

Attempt to operate remote OP

Not legal when local OP is active.

Black-out has occurred with EPC Check plant conditions and

in operation
restart.
Alarms comes at standstill after
emergency or vibration shut
down

1810573-02

Investigate the cause for the stop

and switch the power off and then
on to the EPC 50

17

2 DISPLAY ALARMS AND ACTIONS

The display
shows

Parameter xx:xx - ILLEGAL

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

Why?

If parameters are changed

automatically by "thunderstorm"
type influence, alarm is given to
indicate out of range.

. What to do

Switch EPC50 power off. IMove X

J4 on I/O board to position right
Switch power on. Parameters are
now all set to default values. Move
X J4 back to original position
Adjust all parameter settings to
correct value
Switch power off and on again.

10 expansion board - ERROR

xxxxx board - ERROR

Computer communication board - ERROR

Communication - ERROR xxxxx

Heater board - ERROR

Vibration board - ERROR

Heater connection - ERROR

X71:2 and X71:3 are both set to

0 or both set to 1

Check cables to board or replace

Transducer board, operator
panel board, or I/O board In EPC the board (see Change of Circuit
Board in the Service Martual
not working
booklet)
Bad connection

Check connection

Board faulty

Replace the board

Cable errors

Optional vibration board in EPC

not working

System cross-connection heater

communication error

If Pr 5 is used, the text in Pr 6 is

displayed

Temperature - NOT DECREASING

Insufficient heating during start

(Ti 53)

Check cables to board or replace

the board {see Change of Circuit
Board in the Service Manual
booklet)
Check parameters and cable.

The atamw [Link]|arotnB to

operalUi'*'
Take action according to*what the
text means (plant dependant).
Check heater function.

Heating on during stop sequence Check heater function.

Recirculating oil not cooling

18

Check cables to board or replace

the board (see Change of Circuit
Board in the Service Manual
booklet).

Optional heater board in EPC not Check caliles to board or replace

the board (see Change of Circuit
working
Board in the Service Manual
booklet).

If Pr 25=0 the high level alarm is

disabled

TemperatLire increase - TOO SLOW

Set X71:2 to X41 and jumper

between X71.3 and X40

1810573-02

Reset alarm to continue

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

3 ALARM TESTS

Alarm Tests
note.
If any parameter value is changed to activate an
alarm, do not forget to reset to the original value
before operation.

Alarm message

Red
diode

Siandiandi |uncitons

Sequence
, ,

Method

Termin
ai

'

'

'

"';.

'

Bowl speed sensor - ERROR

Standst.

Start separator with sensor

disconnected.

POWER FJLRE

Start

Switch power off / on during

operation

Feed pressure PT1 - HIGH

PT1

Start

Decrease limit (Pr14)

Feed pressure PT1 - LOW

PT1

Start

Increase limit (Pr15)

Feed pressure sensor PT1 ERROR

PT1

Start

Disconnect sensor

Pump starter - FAILURE

Pump

Start

Switch punp'off

Start

Decrease limit (Pr16/Pr19)

Oil feed - TEMPERATURE HIGH TT

Reaction

X6:1

X5:4

VI off.
Heating off.

Oil feed - TEMPERATURE LOW TT

Start

Increase limit (Prt7/Pt20) or

decrease Ti 53

Temperature alarm sensor ERROR

Start

Disconnect sensor

Bowl speed -.HIGH

TT

X5:2

VI off
Heating off.

"

Bowl speed - LOW

Separation

Decrease limit (Falb)

Stop
sequence.

Separation

increase limit (Fa11)

Stop
sequence.
v i off

Oil iDackpressure PT4 - HIGH

PT4

Separation

Increase backpressure

Oil backpressure PT4 - LOW

PT4

Separation

Decrease backpressure

timer Ti 71

Disconnect V4

NO PT4 PRESSURE
FEEDBACK DURING Tixx
Oil pressure sensor PT4 ERROR

V1 off

VI off
X8:3
[

PT4

Separation

Disconnect sensor

1810573-02

X5:6

19

ALARM TESTS

S-TYPE SEPARATION SYSTEM ALARMS AND FAULT FINDING

ll'.lit'm message

Red
diode

Sequence

Method

I Pressure in water outlet PT5 i-liOfi

PT5

Separation

Force the paring tube

outwards or decrease limit
(Pr12)

; 'ressure in water outlet PT5 -

PT5

Separation

Force the paring tube

inwards or Increase limit
(Pr13)

I Woier pressure sensor PT5 ' FRROR

i PT5
!

Separation

Disconnect sensor

, !:cni,cijOt.;i vaiuu HIGH

MT

Separation

Decrease limit (Fa23)

V1 off

Tia- '>''ioet value - LOW

MT

Separation

Increase limit (Fa24)

V I off

MT

Separation

Disconnect X2 cable plug

H I G H WATER C O N T E N T IN
OIL

Separation

Add much water to the feed

and wait for 5 draining
actions. Discharge. After
another 5 drainings alarm is
given.

Discharge feedback - ERROR

Discharge

Disconnect SV15

[Link] stop - BUTTON

PUSHED

Separation

Push the button

Start

Disconnect

X51:3

Heater

Start

Disconnect

X51:4

Tank

Start

Disconnect

X201

Start

Decrease Ti 52 to 1. Start
the separator.

Start

Start separator arKl_EPC but

notTiSSelrTor'slrt s y s f e m " '
with Ti 53 set to 1.

<3'.. .,:d!-[Link]

Termin
al

Reaction

X5:8

V1 off

X8:5

A second
attempt to
discharge will
take place
before alarm
and stop.
[Link] off,
heater off, feed
on for max.3
minutes. Feed
stops when
pressure
reaches Pr11.

I Optional functions
' [Link]'ure control sensor I ERROR
'-'< >.. I

"AI'LT

i Sludge tank level - HIGH

,,

I Separator run-up - TOO LONG

20

TT

1810573-02

Sep. motor off.

SA 836 Separation

System

ir^v^^L

Installation System Reference

Printed
Book No.

May 2005
1810965-02 V 2

Contents
Technical Data

1.1
1.2
1.3

1
1
2

Demand Specification Water

Demand Specifications Air
System Data

Drawings

Remote Operation Systems

31

Specifications

34

4.1
4.2
4.3

2.1 Flow Cliart

4
2.2 Drawings
5
2.2.1 SA 836 Separator Mounting Drawing,
DIN
5
2.2.2 SA 836 Separator Mounting Drawing,
JIS
6
2.2.3 S 836 Separator Basic Size Drawing
7
2.2.4 S 836 Separator Foundation Drawing ...8
2.2.5 Valve Block Oil, DN 25 Dimension
Drawing
9
2.2.6 Valve Block Oil, DN 25 Assembly
Drawing
10
2.2.7 Valve Block Water Assembly Drawing . 11
2.2.8 Valve Block Air, Assembly Drawing
12
2.2.9 Control Unit EPC 50 Dimension
Drawing
13
2.2.10 Starter Dimension Drawing
14
2.3 Electrical System Layout
15
2.4
Electrical Diagrams
16
2.4.1 Cable List
16
2.4.2 Interconnection Diagram, Starter
19
2.4.3 Interconnection Diagram, Starter,
cont
20
2.4.4 Interconnection Diagram, Transmitters 21
2.4.5 Interconnection Diagram, Solenoid
Valves
22
2.4.6 Interconnection Diagram, Solenoid
Valves cont
23
2.4.7 Interconnection Diagram, Optional
Equipment
24
2.4.8 Transformer Connection Diagram
25
2.4.9 Circuit Diagram, Power Circuits
26
2.4.10 Circuit Diagram, Separator Starter and
Feed Pump
27
2.4.11 Circuit Diagram, Remote Start Interlock
(optional)
28
2.4.12 Circuit Diagram, ESD-relay and Trip
Contacts (optional)
29

4.4
4.5
4.6

1810965-02

Cables
Cable Routing
Oil, Water, Steam, and
Condensate Piping
Ambient Temperature
Limitation
Sludge Tanit
Sludge Piping

34
35
35
36
36
38

Commissioning and Initial

Start

40

5.1
Completion Checic List
5.2
initial Start-up
5.2.1 Calculating Operating Pressure

40
42
44

Shut-down and Storage

45

6.1
6.2
6.3

45
46
47

Shut-down after Use

Protection and Storage
Reassembly and Start up

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1 TECHNICAL DATA

Technical Data

1.1 Demand Specification Water

Alt Laval ret 574487 rev. O

Poor quality of the operating water may with time cause erosion, corrosion and I or
operating problems. The water shall be treated to meet certain demands.
The following requirements are of fundamental importance:
1

Turbidity-free water, solids content <0,001 % by volume.

Max. particle size 50 pm.
Deposits shall not be allowed to form in certain areas in the system.

Total hardness less than 180 mg CaCOs per litre, which corresponds to 10 dH or 12,5 E. Hard
water may with time form deposits in the operating mechanism. The precipitation rate is
accelerated with increased operating temperature and low discharge frequency. These effects
become more severe the harder the water is.

Chloride content max. 100 ppm NaCI (equivalent to 60 mg Cl/I). Chloride ions contribute to
corrosion on surfaces in contact with the operating [Link] is a process that is
accelerated by increased separating temperature, low pH, and high chloride ion concentration,

6,5 < pH < 9

Bicarbonate content (HC03) min. 70mg HCO3 per litre, which corresponds to 3,2 dKH.

H ^
Alfa Laval accepts no liability for consequences
arising from unsatisfactorily purified operating
water supplied by the customer.

1.2 Demand Specifications Air

S p e c i f i c r e q u i r e m e n t s regarding t h e quality
of air
1

Pressure 500 - 7 0 0 kPa ( 5 - 7 bar).

2
_

Free from oil.

,..^
.,, ,

Dry, with dew point mm. 10 C below

ambient temperature.

. ^

j^n^i

Electrical interconnections must be made by

qualified electricians.
IMechanical interconnections must be made by
qualified mechanical technicians.

1810965-02

1 TECHNICAL DATA

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1.3 System Data

Media

Fuel oil and lube oils for diesel engines

Feed density, max

lOIOkg/m^atlS C

Viscosity max

55cStat100''C 700 :&t a*'lO C)

Pressure:
oil inlet

Max. 200 kPa (2 bar) at separator inlet

oil outlet

Max. delivery head 250 kPa (2.5 bar)

sludge outlet from separator

open outlet

Feed temperature

98 C 2 C

Ambient temperature

Mm +5C max +55'C

Discharge volume

2 4 litre/discharge

Operating water pressure

Mm 200 kPa (2 bar) max 600kPa(6bar)

Operating water temp

Mm +5 "C max +55 C (unheated water)

Operating water consumption (without make-up water)

3 7 litre/discharge

Make up water

1 11rtre/hour

Operating water flow

fromSV10:1.6l/m
from SV 15:11.0 l/m

" Airquallty "

fromSV16:2.8l/m

,' '"

Instrument: air" '

Air pressure

--',-

Min. 500 kPa (5 bar), max. 700 kPa (7 bar)

Drain-connectiorisize '

-'-"','.

^x1':(interriily threaded). -

'.","'

Mains supply voltage

3x230/400/440/480/575/690 V 10%

ERG supply vjtage (fram/starterj' -'' V;.'',"

' 230 [Link]/i 15 V/10V iq%,-max..fus6;i A'-" ' '-

Control voltage, operating

Power consumption, startup

24 VAC
'"^ :..

ilkVV;.'

. .''.:

Power consumption idling/max. capacity

' .

-.,>

. 50 or 60 Hz max. 5% ' ..;." -i-., ">;" ' ' .'"'' '..' "

Enclosure class

Min. IP 54

Storage time before use (with bow| removed)

max 6 monthb

Storage tDm^

Mm +1 C max -7C C
v

'

"*-^v-.-;.- : ...

2.3 kW/6.2 kW

Frequricy - - ^:''.^'-V^/.;/;.:'i^Vi;''.,'.'.

Stojage humidity

-';?; '-'

-- .

, .

,pelativ humidity (RH) 10% - 95 % Non Condensing

Se'Vice interva :>

Note' RegjIarlv chev,k connections Tighten if necessary

OvertiaCi! every 12000 hours or 16 monthVoteralion' *

*

Note! Cleaning In Place (CIP) Is recommended to avoid

manual internal cleaning of the bowl. The following intervals
are recommended:

Prior to inspection and overhaul

HFO 1 - 2 months depending on oil quality
LO (Cross-head engines) 1 - 2 months depending on oil
quality and engine condition.
LO (Trunk engines) 1 month

1810965-02

'

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1 TECHNICAL DATA

S e p a r a t i o n S y s t e m Pianned M a i n t e n a n c e K i t s
Period

Separator

4000

6 months

InspeJior

12000

18 months

Overhaul

24000

3 years

Overhaul

Hours

Ancillary
Equipment

1000
2000

As rit- essirv

Rpp-ii
n| -^

With delivery

Inspection
Tools

1810965-02

'

DD

2,

10

10

n
0

t
o

&)

i
03
00

o
CD
Control unit

tt

Starter

00
(O
O)
Ul

6to

H i

Lo-application

Alt

AK
FC
Flow Control

MCFR
Flow Control

^__

'I

201

Oli Inlet

?06

WatPr for water sea and

displacement

209

Oll ReciFCulataon to tank

220

Clean oil outlet

221

Water outlet

222

Sludge disc tiargp outlet

371

Operating water

3/5

Opening/closing walPr

462

Dram

501

Operating air

= =-^= = _

II
II
'I

Optional Alfa
Laval delivery

{ , ..Il
Block mounted
" I

Feedpump

f^^H->

GH>'+H<2T]

u::::f7_:

3
tf)

I'..

ro

s.

Ol

o>

o
-j
c

The EPC-50 Control Unit must be

postioned close to the separator.
It must be possible to see the separator
from the EPC-50 Control Unit position.

33
CD

901

0 1 Fnle*

<06

WitPr for cor dilion n a displacement

E09

Oil ReciiEulalian to lank

?20

Clein Oil outlPl

221

Water outlet

02

Sludge discharge outlet

371

OpeiBhns water-we 11 Demand

Splncdlah Water
Piabr ZOO^^QO kpa (2- bar)
" i m p mn-tS'C max -iSS'C

75

Oppping water/closing wpfor

SOI

Opdraling air Insfrument air

jDrouura Sto-TI kPa (5-7 bar)

709

Mams supply 3x23Qi4C0 440 48

575/690 V

79$

EPC SO supply voltage 230 V 11Ci

nsvorloovAC

00

05

CJI
I

l>0

Connections
A

DIN Flange DN25 P M 6 DIN2633

DIN Fhnge DN50 PN16 DIN2')4T

ISO G 1/8

ISO G 1 2

Range DN2S-PN16-DIN2633

""~

" ~ Optional

InternalflexiblecorinetAon (enclosed
with delivery)

882

If there is more than one separator system in the

same installation, the EPC-50 Control Units and their
corresponding separators must be clearly marked

oi

fi)

0>

3
(fi
W

9
tt
tt

o
c
3

3
(O

I.5'

CO

>
00

10
10
1

O)

10

J3

io
io

2,
Ol

~<

The EPC-50 Control Unit must be

postioned close to the separator.
It must be possible to see the separator
from the EPC-50 Control Unit position.

CD
00
C35
33
CD

<

v^

201

Starter

EPC 50

21b

W-ater to cond 1 o ng^d ^piace MT 1

OB

OIIFMdfCLAatlonlDtank

220

Cle?n 0 1 outlet

.221

Water outlet

u
w

371

Sludge d scha ge c tiel

Opefatina water-see 11 Demand
S|ic(i(eaHan Water
0Pri&sui'20frS0O kPa f 2 6 t)ar)
T t a w nAi +5C max +55 C

375

Open ng water clos ng v ^t4r

501

, OdKAMB air Instrument air

. pi|M[itEDO-700kPa (5 7 bar)

m?^W

(A
>

209

222

00

Oil iniei

709

Mains supply 3x<!''0 410 ll

57'i/69C V

799

EPC-SO supply voltage 230V 110/

llbVorlOOV AC

^ ^

o
CO
1

Connections
A

Welding connecbon 0 34.5

Flange 50A-10K-JISB2222

ISO G1/8

ISO G 1/2

7"

" * " - " " Ofillonal

If there is more than one separator system in the

same installation, the EPC-50 Control Units and their
corresponding separators must be clearly marked

if

9
tt

o
I

o
c
3

5'
03

Maximum horizontal displacement

at the inlet/outlet connections
during operation 5 mm

to
10

u
OB

0>

9
V

a
S

835

Maximum vertical
displacement at the
sludge connection
during operation 2 mm

a
(0

5'

in
N'

00

I.

j>.

CO

o>

5'

U1
I

ISi

CE (

m
028, depth 45

Connection house with connections 201,220, and 221, turnable

in 60 steps all round.

M10, depth 30.

All connections to be installed non-loaded and flexible.

All dimensions are nominal. Reservation for Individual deviations
due to tolerances.

/J-U.
022, depth 45

/^

CO

10

3)
(D

io

Ol
C3>

-vi
N)
05
J3

(A
0

<

Min. lifting capacity required

when doing service: 300 kg

0>
M

T'

"~\

Max. height of largest

component incl. lifting tool.

T1
O

Service side.

800

-^r?^""!
^

>

c
3

00
O
(O

o>
Ol

'/v^////////''A}////////

IV3

3'

hy)>/////]^m
"^
<S)S

(fi
Recommended free floor space for
unloading when doing service.
No fixed installation within this area
0^

Centre of gravity (complete machine)

1 iT

Vertical force not exceeding 10 kN/foot

A A

Horizontal force not exceeding 10 kN/foof

Foundation bolt
7
jijm

Installation ace. to stated

foundation forces
Centre of sepeuator bowl

Centre of motor
8 holes for foundation bolts

Total static load max. 4 kN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2.2.5 Valve Block Oil, DN 25 Dimension Drawing

Ref. 568054 Rev. O

1810965-02

2 DRAWINGS

2 DRAWINGS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2.2.6 Valve Block Oil, DN 25 Assembly Drawing

Cable 19

Connection kit

Water transducer
Connection
Pressure
transmitter

* Angular coupling

Needle valve
Non-return valve
Nipple
Elbow *
Pressure^
gauge

Connection
Pressure
transmitter
Needle valve

Valve block

Temperature sensor

Nipple
Needle valve
Shut-off valve *

Nipple

Pressure
transmitter

Pneumatic
change-over valve l4f3^\Y'

Connection

Non-return valve

Nipple

Screw

Washer

Hexagon plug

* To be sealed with locking liquid

Ref. 567802 Rev. 2

10

1810965-02

Elbow
-*

Silencer

Flexible connection

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.2.7 Valve Block Water Assembly Drawing

Connection for solenoid valve

Flow valve for SV 10

Flow valve for SV 15
Flow valve for SV 16
^

Quick coupling

Valve block.
Non return
valve kit

Flexible connection
Flexible connection

Ref. 567940 Rev 0

1810965-02

11

2 DRAWINGS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2.2.8 Valve Block Air, Assembly Drawing

Spade connection

Valve block

EOS

Ref. 568048 Rev. 0

12

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.2.9 Control Unit EPC 5 0 Dimension Drawing

Operating panel

9 ltl
481

25 12!

Separator interlock
Iridication (optional)

Emergency stop,
separator

Sludge valve
interlock indication
(optional)
On-off, feed
pump

On-off,
separator

PC connection

Plugged holes
for extra cable
glands

Technical Data
"AmMsnttempetature

IWax. 55 'C

Protection class

IP 65

Mstenat in cabinet

Sheet steel

Power supply

100,115 or 230 V AC 50/60 Hz

Oparatng voltage

24vACVeOHz' ,

Power consi-mption

70 VA (+200 VA for I/O)

Weight

sBfia \x'^'

'.-'',' *

".'"

Optional

Ref. 568304 Rev. 3

1810965-02

13

2 DRAWINGS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2.2.10 Starter Dimension Drawing

08.5x15

5$^
PoTl

P2

01^

3ll
600

Ref. 568025 Rev. 1

14

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.3 Electrical System Layout

4)

<

"r

ir
m

Aiddns suiBW

1o
c

D
U-

^ 4^ (i) (^

Ref. 568029 Rev. 0

1810965-02

15

2 DRAWINGS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2.4 Electrical Diagrams

2.4.1 Cable List
No.

C o n n e c t i o n point
A

type

Instruction

C o n n e c t i o n point
B

Remarks

P o w e r c a b l e s (currents a c c o r d i n g t o o r d e r )
Starter

Fuse 20 A

Mams supply

Starter

Fuse 35 A

'Mams supply

Starter

Fuse 50 A

3x25

Mams supply

starter

Fuse 63 A

MPRXCX

3x35

Mains supply

Starter

Fuse 80 A

MPRXCX

2x1 5

Starter

EPC50

MPRXCX

3x1 5

Starter

Separator motor

25-63A

MPRXCX

3x2 5

Starter

Separator motor

63-16A

.MPRXCX

3x4

Starter

Separator motor

16-20A

MPRXCX

3x6

Starter

Separator motor

20 - 25 A

>PRXCX

3x10

Starter

Separator motor

25-32 A

MPRXCX

3x16

Starter

Separator motor

32 - 45 A

MPRXCX

3x25

Starter

Separator motor

45-63 A

71

MPRXCX

2x15

Starter

Separator motor

MPRXCX

3x1 5

Starter

Feed pump

04-63A

MPRXCX

3x2 5

Starter

Feed pump

63-16A

72

MPRXCX

2x1.5

starter

MPRXCX

3x4

MPRXCX

3x10

MPRXCX

3x16

MPRXCX

Mams supply

w*

ft

* 4

Feed pump

Ref. 568031 Rev. 0

16

1810965-02

* ''

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

No.

Type

Connection point
A

Instruction

2 DRAWINGS

Connection point
B

Remarks

'

Signal cables
11

1 RFE-HF

[Link]'' ^ E

E-'C -n

SV1

12

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SV4

13

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SV5

14

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SV10

15

RFE-HF

1x2x0.75

EPC50

SV15

16

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SV16

17

RFE-HF

1x2x075

EPC50

18

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

19

PUR-cable

20
21

PT1

EPC50

ssc
ssc

4x0 34

EPC50

s s c + EMC

MT

RFE-HF

4x2x0 50

EPC50

SSC + EMC

ST (YT SS)

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SSC

PT5

22

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

EPC50

SUM Alarm

23

RFE-HF

4x2x0 75

EPC50

TT1/TT2

50

RFE-HF

4x2x0 75

EPC50

Starter

51

RFE-HF

4x2x0 75

EPC50

Starter

52

RFE-HF

1x4x0 75

EPC50

Starter

PT4
2)

Options (as ordered)

31

RFE-HF

1x4x0 75

SSC + EMC

32

RFE-HF

1x4x0 75

Rem Temp al

33

MPRXCX

5x1 5

Rem Start/Stop

34

RFE-HF

1x4x075

35

RFE-HF

1x4x0.75

GS Valve switch

38

MPRXCX

4x1 5

Syst Emergency

40

RFE-HF

4x2x0 75

Power unit

45

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

Power unit

41

RFE-HF

1x4x0 75

Steam reg valve

44

RFE-HF

1x2x0 75

Shut-off valve

SSC + EMC

Rem OP unit

Comm module
1)

^^ This cable cannot be longer than 25 m to avoid voltage drop.

^^ Cable with moulded connector included in Alfa Laval delivery.
Ref. 568031 Rev. 0

1810965-02

17

2 DRAWINGS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

Other equivalent and approved cables may be

used.
Cable areas are calculated with correction
factor 0.7.
Cables used are Shipboard Cables, designed
according to IEC 92-3.
Flame retardant according to IEC 332-3/A.
Halogen-free according to IEC 754-1
Code designations for cables obtainable
through cable producers Helkama, Finland,
and Acatel, France.
Where SSC is indicated it should be a Signal
Shielded Cable with the shield properly
connected to earth as shown in the electrical
drawings.
For other connections, an armoured cable may
be used provided the armour is connected to
earth, as shown in the electrical drawings, and
gives sufficient EMI protection. Copper wire
armouring is normally used.

18

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.2 Interconnection Diagram, Starter

IU-i-1

Mains suppy

-^J >

3x230,400, 440, 480, 575 or 690 V AC

JL.,-2
i-1-3

Select correct voltage on transformer T8

Separator motor

- 3-1
3-2

Space heater 230 VAC

Separator motor
optional
.11

.J

- 3-3

Jl
;^7i-2
''

62 ! 61
> 4 ^
72 I 71

Contactor response, separator

Potential free contacts, max. 250 V 0.5 A

Ji

II

CO

Feed pump motor

optional

H-

IL-4-1 ,
11- - 4 - 2 .

"

4:;

4 \

11- - 4-3

Space heater 230 VAC

Separator motor
optional

nxi

!!- 72-1 -

72-1 - " -]

72-2 I d - J2>.11

62 I 61

72-2

DD
I
m
3}

72 I 71

Contactor response, separator

Potential free contacts, max. 250 V 0.5 A

""63-; ^ 5 i

rI ^cn
mlI

Systems emergency stop

(Control voltage off)

Power supply to EPC 50 (Sheet 5)

230 V AC, 50/60 Hz

---(ZBy-A-

<5>

--h-

11-38-1
Jl

l 3

2 - - I - -*[[
M xiTT

2-1
2-2

i,
ni.

Ref. 568030 Sheet 1, Rev. 1

1810965-02

19

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.3 Interconnection Diagram, Starter, cent.

* = Replaces jumper in terminals
** = Internal connections

To EPC 50 (sheet 5)

,-T

To EPC 50 (sheet 5)

Separator emergency stop

(optional, external)

^^1
II
I I

-_1

^^r

- H -

-50-1 -50-2-50-3-50-4-

X1:101
X1:102
X1:103
X1:1Q4

-50-5-50-6-50-7-50-8-

X1:105
X1;106
XI: 107
X1:108

-51-1 -51-2-51-3-51-4 -

X1:109
X1;11Q
X1:111
X1:112

-51-5-51-6 -51-7-51-8-

X1:113
X1.-1H
X1:115
X1;116

-52-2 -

Xl:117

IL.
-II

ir-

r-

X1:118
X1:119
X1:120
X1:121
05
X1:122
X1:123

Sludge valve interlock switch

optional

35-1--J1

--jfO-- 35-2-^l

/C^u

-h-

'-^<^-35-4--II

il--35-1-JL-35-2IP-35-3-II--35-4--

-H

fX1;124
X1:125
X1:126
X1:127

m
J3

X1:128

Feed pump

Remote stop

f- * T " 0 - -

Remote start
Feed pump interlock

"II
--II
--if
_ji

_ji
it--"11

Heater interlock
Potential free contact, max. 250 V 0.5 A
(Feed pump running = contact closed)
Tripped motor^circjj|t J)eaJ<ersJoptjonal)_
Potential free NC contacts, max. 250 V 0.5 A

irII-~ii-IL.

--

-(45h-4

-h-

IL.
-II

ir.L.-1.
--45-2--

r-

XI: 135
XI: 136

XI: 139
XI: 140
K112
XI; 141 'ATOMI
XI; 142

1-

If1l

- X I : 143
XI: 144
XI; 145

X40
MI

To EPC 5 0 ( s h e e t 3 )

J
Ref. 568030 Sheet 2, Rev. 1

20

X1;133
XI: 134

XI: 137
XI: 138
II
lull

Emergency Shut Down (ESD) signal (optional)

Emergency Shut Down (ESD) feedback

f XI: 129
X1:130
X1:131
X1:132

1810965-02

X41
X41
X41

'-i\^

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 -DRAWINGS

2.4.4 Interconnection Diagram, IVansmitters

MT
Water transducer
* Termination
jumper. Only at
sattbus end units.
Remote OP unit
* Termination
jumper. Only at
sattbus end units.
Temp, sensor,
2xPT 100
IT 1 (Alarm)
O

TT 2 (Control)

O
J3

PT1

c
z
H

PT4

m
O
en

PT5

Speed transmitter
(Cable included in
separator delivery)
Vibration transmitter
(Factory mounted
when used)
Separator interlock
switch
optional
From starter (sheet 2)

Ref. 568030 Sheet 3, Rev. 1

1810965-02

21

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.5

Interconnection Diagram, Solenoid Valves

fl

Signal to alarm panel.

Pot. free contact, opens at alarm
22-1

Max. 5 0 V A C / D C , 1.0A

,^'

xzu_X7L2.

22-2

X2ii
XZil.
X7:5
^OLL

SV1
Oil feed
SV4
Oil outlet

SV5
Water outlet

.jpii-i-]

^^i:::]t&
--)p 13-1 13-2-11

SV10
Water seal

-<Sy

^-^

x^:::;ii^

,_y
.ji:

t^:z:
lpi2-2

^ i

,jr
]|- 15-2

1i

11- 16-1
||- 16-2

11

mi
XSii

mi
JSiZ.
i

22

1810965-02

o
m

,jr

Ref. 568030 Sheet 4, Rev. 1

o
o
z
H
XI

XM.

.-jr

SV16
Closing water

X8:2

mi

t:3:
,-1

J|-15-l

SV15
Opening water

MlL

-0
O
en
o

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.6 Interconnection Diagram, Solenoid Valves cent.

Systems emergency stop

(Control voltage off)

38-1
^-38-2-j

38-3I

X40 1
X40 7
X40 7>
X4n 4
X40 5
X40 f>
X40 7
X4n R
X40 9
X40 10
F5
I

r 38-1
38-2

---f38}

-H

38-3

38-4 .

X40:11l

hi
-1^
o
SB
<n
CD

X41
Ml
Ml
X41:16
X41:17
X41:1f

From starter'(sheet 2)

<I>

.jr

it'-'

H
J3

r2-2

c
3
x>
CD

O
O

<
>
O

c
a

MM
X43:2
Mil

X43:4

Mil
X43:6
Mil
Ml.

CD

^X43:1
-X43:2
X43:3
^X43:4
f X43:5
X43:6
Ol
-X43:7
< ^X43;8

O
O
Z

AZ}

2- o
3

CD
O

'

CD

D
CO

o"

<
>
o

CD

<

^Mi

X43;?
X43:3
X43:4
X43:5

MM.
X43:7
X43:8

m
O
en
o

CD

From starter (sheet 2)

.J

From starter (sheet 2)

,J

50-1
50-2
50-3
50-4

X45:1
X45:?
X45:3
X45:4

50-5
-50-6
-50-7
-50-8

X45:5
X45:6
X45:7
X45:8

51-1
51-2
-51-3
51-4

X45;9
X45:1Q
X45;11
X45:12

-20-7
-20-8

^ Replaces jumper in terminals

-51-7
-51-8

X45:13
X45:14
X45:15
X45:ie

Sheet 6
Ref. 568030 Sheet 5, Rev. 1

1810965-02

23

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.7 Interconnection Diagram, Optional Equipment

r
i XfiOll
-20-3-}-20-4-j- XfiO;?
-20-5-|- WQ:^

o
o
z

X60;4

-51-5-51-6-

m-^
X60;6

H
33

1
X50:l
1 X5n;?

II

x?^n-,^

X50:4
X.'in;S
X50:6

X51:l

X51:3
Xfi1;4
XS1;5
XS1;6

_L X.-il;?

>i

tJ
O

en
O

Remote alarm indication

High temp, indication
Low temp, indication
Pot. free contacts
Max. 50 V AC/DC, 1.0 A
Contact closes at alarm.

32-1 32-2 32-3 32-4-

X7n;l
X/O;?

- 1

X70;4

r"

Riqmntfi nperatinn
Remote mode selected
(output 24 V< AC)
Sep. status indication
(output 24 V AC)
Separation Start/Stop
Note
Jumper X71:1 toX71:3to
avoid false alarm v\/hen not
used.

-33-1 -

X70;.'^

?
3

X70:6

-33-2-

CO

-33-3-

33-433-5-

33-3-

O
z

CD

X71:1
X71:2
X71n^
X71;4
X71:5
X71;6

Start
top

Data communication

C-34-1
9usGNC|-34-2'
34-3JneA
[Link]
Shield

34-134-234-3 34-4-

Mill

mki
mi^
MM
mi^
IS1

Ref. 568030 Sheet 6, Rev. 1

24

1810965-02

8
s

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.8 Transformer Connection Diagram

r
-^

-65-

e-

--

?^

'h

L_

Q -

n
I

1 1

X
zfi)-c!)

r -r - J

AA

4-

A^A A -

V CO

Ref. 31830-6337-0 Rev. 2

1810965-02

25

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.9 Circuit Diagram, Power Circuits

crT^

Mains supply

"-^^
'V^

0'
::::::::::::::'v^
vr^

Separator

Ol

Space heater
(optional)

Feed pump
(optional)

rCi:]
L

;^o<rr^oo^

V^Ci

Vf-^

Space heater
(optional)

Ais-^l

I y
I

I
I
I

rCII]

^4^

f'ioj^

s ; -r,

eV

%v

O.J ho - *

Cont.

Ref. 568028 Sheet 1, Rev. 0

26

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.10 Circuit Diagram, Separator Starter and Feed Pump

mmf

i-

f^ fio

IfO I ^ I m Itci

U-to^UoUor

t-ht-PPI=R=l=

-*
aH
\J

.i-

xmrn

xmoi

Ref. 568028 Sheet 2, Rev. 0

1810965-02

27

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.11 Circuit Diagram, Remote Start Interlock (optional)

^rr

rr
m

j:

m
o

^ . ^

CJ

r^

O
Q

B
>-

Sto

CO
gj

CO =

l|

X
3

>
D<
<

0) ^
C/D .

<

-|

'

ic 3

<

<S

><

<

fM

. . .J

(N

Sa
s

><>z:
r" ;". -

lO

ro
>c< ^

x ^ X:;
t n ID

i n (O

^
X)

,
^

^ '*" 5"" S*" j

i
1

^
,

! ;^
I ! o

z
>

i s

1 !

! iS

^ i

1
i
!
1

i CO U i = !
1 Q.~ la 1
i 0) 5 (-) i
!co wfci. !
1
rr.-i
)'

1
i

1
1
1

>
CM

>

r
i
i

ic

i1

iO
!--=T3

I
1

\^ CO
IrQ O

L,

L>cD. i i t n

Ref. 568028 Sheet 3, Rev. O

28

1810965-02

s *o
X

..

"1

. . .J

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

2 DRAWINGS

2.4.12 Circuit Diagram, ESD-relay and IVip Contacts (optional)

f ^

r^

xof^

in
j<:

cW
o c

00

xtf^

to

sr

LO

to

in
tn

5-

^ O)
XUfO

to
in

ill

Xll^

to
CO

s/

CO

9-QI

CN

^1
iil

<
1

<

i S CO
<D c

...l.-".^

Ref. 568028 Sheet 4, Rev. O

1810965-02

29

2 DRAWINGS

30

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

3 REMOTE OPERATION SYSTEMS

Remote Operation Systems

y^VJABWlHO^

Disintegration liazard
If the system is operated from a position from
which the separator is not visible, a Remote
Operation System must be installed, including
vibration sensor and frame cover interlock switch.

PC connection witii REMIND

The cable supphed is used for communication

between the EPC 50 Control Unit and the PC.
This is connected between the contact at the
front of the operator panel, and a COM gate on
the PC. Communication is via an RS232
interface. Only one operator panel can be
connected to i h e PC.

Connection to PC or steering system via

PROFIBUS or MODBUS fieldbus systems.

PROFIBUS or MODBUS communication

protocol can be used to connect an EPC 50
Control Unit to a central steering system. The
EPC 50 Control Unit uses a PROFIBUS DP or
MODBUS RTU. Every node, or EPC 50 Control
Unit, on the bus has a unique address, and can
use 200 bytes for data exchange. An interface
board is needed to connect an EPC 50 Control
Unit to the respective fieldbus system. This is
mounted on the I/O card.
Remote fieldbus connection for EPC 50 Control
Unit is for use in those cases where the user
wants access to data and operation information
from the control cabinet, and supervision and/
or remote control from his own steering
system.
REMIND^M via PROFIBUS or MODBUS is not
available. If a user wants to have a REMIND^"*"
window on his monitor, a programme is needed
to make the information accessable in
REMIND^M.

1810965-02

31

3 REMOTE OPERATION SYSTEMS

Alternative

REMIND EPC
5 0 Basic (via
RS232)

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

PROFIBUS

MODBUS

31830.6409-1
User interface

"REMIND

To be arranged b>'
customer.

Tc be arranged by
customer.

Part no. 31830-6415-1

included in delivery.

Cable for PROFIBUS

aquired and installed
by customer.

Cable for MODBUS

aquired and installed
by customer.

Included in delivery.

Hardware and softwaie

instructions exist.

Hardware and software

instructions exist.

Part no. 31830-6559-1

Part no. 31830-6558-1

installation discs
included in delivery.
Cable

! Mariua;

Part no. 4931142-11

Board

32

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1810965-02

3 REMOTE OPERATION SYSTEMS

33

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4 SPECIFICATIONS

Specifications

4.1 Cables
Cable Identification

All cables are to be marked to simplify

identification and fault finding.
Specifications

The following specifications apply to cables

connected to andfi*omAlfa Laval equipment.
Follow the instructions given in the cable list.
Examples of cable types that can be used:

Steel armoured cable.

<

Copper armoured cable with a separate earth

core.

Steel armoured and shielded signal cable;

pair twisted or parallel.

Shielded signal cable; pair twisted or parallel.

34

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4 SPECIFICATIONS

4.2 Cable Routing

Recommendations
Power cables carry the power supply to motors,
heaters, etc.
Any distance between signal and power cables
reduces electrical noise transfer.
Examples of recommended routing of various
cable tjrpes.

Power cables and signal cables routed on a

cable rack should be separated.

Sattbus cables should be routed away from

power cables.

i(SXS)(S>
Power
Cables

Signal
Cable

If the space is limited, cables can be routed in

tubes.

4.3 Oil, Water, Steam, and Condensate Piping

For piping to and from Alfa Laval equipment,
see the specifications below.

Specifications

The correct pipe size must be used in the oil

systerh.

The number of bends in the oil pipes must

be minimized.

The suction height must be as low as

possible.

The oil feed pump must be of positive

displacement type.

The pump must be positioned close to the

oil tank.

The heater must be installed close to the

separation system to maintain correct feed
oil temperature.

The recirculation line should be connected

either directly to the settling tank (HFO) or to
the oil dutlet line from the separator (LO).

The oil outlet line from the separator must be

connected to the system tank for lube oil, or
the service tank for fuel oil.
1810965-02

35

4 SPECIFICATIONS

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4.4 Ambient Temperature Limitation

SpecKication
Leading classification societies state in their
regulations for engine room equipment that the
maximum ambient temperature permissible is
+55 C. To meet this regulation, it is essential
that electrical and electronic components have
good ventilation, and temperature control.

4.5 Sludge Tanic

Sludge tank volume per separation system
should cover approximately up to 2 days
storage at a discharge interval of 2 hours (for
discharge volumes see technical data).

Ventilation pipe

Sludge pipe
connection

A manhole should be installed for inspection

and cleaning.
The tank should be fitted with a sounding
pipe.
The tank floor, or most of it, should have a
slope (B) of minimum 15.

l^ln. height
400 mm

Sludge outlet
pump connection

Min. slope 15

The sludge outlet pump connection should be

positioned in the lowest part of the tank.
A high-level alarm switch, connected to the
sludge pump, should be installed.
A heating coil should be used to keep the
sludge warm and fluid while being pumped
out.

Bowl casing drain

connection

Tank ventilation must follow the classification

rules for evacuation of gases.
There should be a ventilation pipe to fresh air
The ventilation pipe should be straight. If this
is not possible, any bends must be gradual.
The ventilation pipe must not extend below the
tank top.
A sludge tank with partition walls must have
ventilation pipes in all compartments, or
cutouts in the upper edge, to allow vapours to
travel through the tank.

36

1810965-02

IManhole

IHigh level
alarm
switch

Heating
coil

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4 SPECIFICATIONS

The number of ventilation pipes, and their

minimum dimension, depend on the size and
number of separators connected to the same
tank. See table below.
Type

1 system

2 systems

SA811,SA816

1 X 050mm

1 X 050mm

SA:821,SA826

1 X 075mm

1 X 075mm

1 X 0100mm

1 X 0100mm

1 X 0100mm

1 X 0125mm

SA831,SA836
SA;841,SA846

SA%51, SA856
SA861,SA866
SA871,SA876
SA881,SA886

The separation system generates almost no air

during operation. At any discharge, the
maximum volume of air produced is the same
as the bowl volume (see technical data).

1810965-02

37

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4 SPECIFICATIONS

4.6 Sludge Piping

Specification

The sludge pipe from the separator to the

sludge tank should be vertical.

If a vertical pipe is not possible, the deviation (A)

from the vertical line must not exceed 30.

The sludge pipe must not extend below the

tank top.
^^^^L

An extended sludge pipe will obstruct ventilation and

create back pressure that could cause separator
problems.

jj

J^^^f

^
'~~~~~~ZF

\
/

38

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

4 SPECIFICATIONS

If more than one separator is connected to the

same sludge tank, a butterfly valve should be
installed in each sludge pipe.

note
If a butterfly valve Is not used, the bowl and the
operating system may be affected.

If a butterfly valve is used, it should be

equipped with an interlocking switch
(connected to the separator starter) to prevent
the separator from being started when the
valve is not fully open.

1810965-02

39

5 COMMISSIONING AND INITIAL START

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

Commissioning and Initial Start

5.1 Completion Check List

It is essential before starting up the separation
system that all units are in good operating
condition and that all pipelines and control
equipment are properly connected to assure
correct operation.
Use this check list as a guide for completing the
system installation;

.urmz
Breakdown hazard
Check that the power frequency is in agreement with
the machine piate. If incorrect, resulting overspeed
may cause breakdown.

Check that transport seals are removed from

all pipes.

Use flushing filters to prevent pipe work debris

from being pumped into the separation
system
MOTE
The flushing filters must be removed after initial
flushing.

Check that all separators are in proper

working condition. Follow the manufacturer's
instructions.

Make sure that separators are lubricated in

accordance with instructions.
MO^Make sure that the spindle bearings are prelubricated

40

Separators are delivered without oil in the oil

sump. For information on oil filling and oil type,
see the Service Manual booklet.

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

5 COMMISSIONING AND INITIAL START

note
Too much, or too little oil may result in damage the
separator bearings.
Neglecting an oil change may result in damage to
separator bearings.

Power on.

With the mode selector switch in the CIP

postion, check that the separator rotation
direction corresponds with the arrow on the
frame by doing a quick start/stop (1-2
seconds.) and looking at the motor fan
rotation.

KcftOTlOl*
If power cables have been installed incorrectly, the
separator will rotate in reverse, and vital rotating
parts can unscrew.

Check the pump function and direction.

1810965-02

41

5 COMMISSIONING AND INITIAL START

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

5.2 Initial Start-up

Use this check Hst for initial system start up:
1

Check that there is oil in the feed oil tank.

Check water and air supply. See "System

Data"on page 2.

Check power supplies to the control unit and

that the voltage is in accordance with data in
"System Data"on page 2.

Check all parameter settings in the control

unit. See Installation Parameters in the
Parameter List booklet.

note
The Control Unit is supplied with standard
configuration parameters. You may have to make
some changes to suit your installation.

Start the separation system as described in

the Operating Instructions booklet.

Start up step by step, checking that the

machine and units function properly.

Establish system pressures.

The|delivery height pressure is the pressure in
the ON pipe work down stream from the
separation system, due to the pipe bends and
the height (head) to the cleaned oN tank. If the
cleaned oil tank is below the separation
system the delivery height pressure may be
very low; The oil paring disc pressure will have
to be greater than the delivery height pressure
for any oil to flow.
Proceed as follows:

Ensure the valves in the oil system are in the

correct positions.

The oil should be at separation temperature.

Cent.

42

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

5 COMMISSIONING AND INITIAL START

The 2 adjustment screws for the water paring

tube should be in their outer positions. The
paring tube should be able to move freely.
Ensure that V5 is closed.
Fully open the back pressure regulating valve
RV4.
The shut off valve V4 should be open.
Open SV15 for 3 seconds to prime the
operating slide.
Open SV16 for 15 seconds to close the bowl.
Open SV10 for 30 seconds to put water into
the bowl.
Feed oil to the separator at the normal flow
rate by opening SV1.
Note the pressure in the oil outlet PT4, both on
the pressure gauge and in the EPC50 display.
This pressure is P min.
Gradually close the back pressure regulating
valve RV4. The pressure on PT4 will increase.
The water pressure (PT5) decreases slightly
as the paring tube moves inwards. The water
pressure will suddenly drop when oil passes
from the oil paring chamber to the water
paring chamber. Note the pressure of PT4
both on the pressure gauge and in the EPC50
display. This pressure is P max.
Open RV4.
Stop the oil feed to the separator and note the
pressure in the oil outlet. This is the delivery
height pressure P del.
Stop the heater.
Stop the separator.
Stop the feed pump when the heater has
cooled.

1810965-02

43

5 COMMISSIONING AND INITIAL START

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

5.2.1 Calculating Operating Pressure

Calculate the normal back pressure level

during operation as follows:

"min "max

= P,normal

Calculate the value for low pressure alarm

setting (Pr 11) as follows:

"mln "* "normal

"low press.

Calculate the value for high pressure alarnn

(Pr 10) as follows:

^normal "max
7

~ "high press.

Adjust the back pressure to Ppormai

Set Pr 11 to give alarm at pressure decreasing
below the P|ow press, value.
Set Pr 10 to give alarm at pressure increasing
above the P^jgh press, value.

44

1810965-02

!:^^[Link],ON

SYSTEM REFERENCE

^ f ^ D O W N AND STORAGE

Shut-down and Storage

Storage bo,ore|sta.,[Link]

C : r X ^ - - t o r e d befor,
taken:
' ^'^''^^^^^^ safeguards must be
> Storage period
Action

>->

'

' . "

II t

1 - 6 months
> 6 months

Sep

"^i chapter

liSDe"tiop

Service manual

6-1 Shut-down after Use

"St be taken:
Shut>down
period
Action

t- t

'^

"" safeguards

1 - 6 months
(stand-by)

6-18
months

See

i"^ i

I P obct I h an* rj<,t

Oil
' 'Ot t

>18
months

1 I

In

<

aju

1810965-02
45

6 SHUT-DOWN AND STORAGE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

6.2 Protection and Storage

All system equipment, both the separator and
the ancillary equipment, must be stored indoors
at 5 - SS'C, if not delivered in water-resistant
box for outdoor storage.
If there is a risk for condensation of water, the
equipment must be protected by ventilation and
heating above dew point.
The following protection products are
recommended:

Anti-rust oil (Dinitrol 112 or equivalent) with

long lasting effective treatment for external
surfaces. The oil should prevent corrosion
attacks and give a waxy surface.

Anti-rust oil (Dinitrol 40 or equivalent) thin and

lubricating for inside protection. It gives a
lubricating transparent oil film.

Solvent, e.g. white spirit, to remove the antirust oil after the shut-down.

Moist remover to be packed together with

separator equipment.

If the storage time exceeds 12 months, the

equipment must be inspected every 6 months
and, if necessary, the protection be renewed.

Rubber Parts
Gaskets, O-rings and other rubber parts
should not be stored for more than two years.
After this time, they should be replaced.

Separator
Dismantle the separator bowl and take out the
O-rings. Clean the bowl with oil and reassemble
without the O-rings. Place in a plastic bag with
silica dessicant bags and seal the plastic bag.
Grease the spindle.

46

1810965-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

6 SHUT-DOWN AND STORAGE

Valves, Pipes and Similar Equipment

Components such as valves need to be

cleaned with solvent and treated with anti-rust
oil (type 112).

Water pipes should be drained and treated

with anti-rust oil (type 112).

Articles made of rubber or plastics (e.g. seals)

must not be treated with anti-rust oil.

6.3 Reassembly and

Start up

Clean away the anti-rust oil with white spirit.

Remove all silica gel bags.

Pre-lubricate the separator spindle bearings

If stored for 6 months or longer, perform an

inspection service (including change of oil in
the separator sump).

Follow all relevant instructions in the Service

Manual and Operating Instructions.

Always lubricate the separator bearings before startup.

1810965-02

47

6 SHUT-DOWN AND STORAGE

48

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM INSTALLATION SYSTEM REFERENCE

1810965-02

SA 836 Separation

System

i^^^i^

Service Manual
Printed
Book No.

Sep 2004
1810993-02 V 1

Contents
Separator Design

1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
1.5.4

1
3
4
8
9
9
10
10
11

Overview
The Drive Section
The Process Section
Sensors
Separating Function
The liquid balance in the bowl
Liquid flow
Discharge of sludge and water
ALCAP concept

Technical Reference
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.4.1
2.4.2
2.4.3
2.4.4
2.4.5
2.4.6
2.4.7
2.5
2.6
2.6.1
2.6.2
2.6.3
2.6.4

Product description
Technical Data
Connection List
Interface Description
Scope
References
Definitions
Goal
Description of separator modes
Remote start
Handling of connection interfaces
Demand Specification Water
Drawings
Basic size drawing
Foundation drawing
Interconnection diagram
Electric motor

Separator Service,
Dismantling, Assembly
3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3
3.1.4
3.1.5
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5

Periodic Maintenance
Maintenance intervals
Maintenance procedures
Tightening of screws
Service kits....
Cleaning
Maintenance Log
Dismantling
Introduction
Tools
Frame hood
Bowl
Driving device

3.3,6
3.4
3.4.1
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.4.4
3.4.5
3.4.6
3.4.7
3.4.8

13
13
14
15
17
17
17
18
18
19
20
20
27
28
28
29
30
31

33
33
33
34
35
35
36
37
39
39
40
42
44
54
1810993-02

3.5
3.5.1
3.5.2
3.5.3
3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.6
3.6.1
3.7
3.7.1
3.7.2
3.7.3
3.7.4
3.7.5
3.7.6
3.8
3.8.1
3.8.2

Centrifugal clutch
66
Actions Before Assembly
73
Cleaning
73
Inspection for corrosion
75
Inspection for cracks
76
Inspection for erosion
77
Exchange of frame feet
79
Lubrication of bowl parts
80
How to lubricate bowl parts with slide
laquer
81
Check for galling on operating slide
and bowl body
82
Assembly
83
Centrifugal clutch
83
Driving device
90
Bowl
102
Frame hood
115
Unbalance sensor (option)
119
Speed sensor
121
Actions After Assembly
122
Control of machine plates and safety
labels
122
Oil Change
124
Lubricating oil
124
Check oil level
125
Oil change procedure
125
Lubrication chart
126
Lubricants
127
Lubricating oils
129
Lifting instructions
130
Lifting the separator
130
Lifting the bowl
131

C h a n g e of C i r c u i t B o a r d
4.1

Circuit Board Temperatures

Cleaning in P l a c e
5.1
5.2
5.3

132
134

135

Cleaning in Place, Separator... 135

Cleaning in Place,
Heatpac CBM Heater
136
Cleaning in Place, Separator
and Heater
138

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

1 Separator Design
Process section
The feed inlet and o u t l e t s \ r
are situated at the top of
the separator.

Electric motor
The rotating bowl is driven
by the electric motor via a
belt transmission.

The liquid is cleaned in the

rotating separator bowl
inside the franne hood.

Sensors
Drive section

The separator is
nnonitored by a speed
sensor. An unbalance
sensor is optional.

The rotating separator

n bowl is driven by a flat
1 belt transmission.

Frame feet

Sludge outlet

The separator rests

on vibration damping
frame feet.

1.1

Separated solids are discharged at

preset intervals.

Overview

The separator comprises a process section and a

drive section powered by an electric motor.
The separator frame comprises a lower body and
a frame hood. The motor is attached to the
frame. The frame feet dampen vibration.
The bottom part of the separator contains a flat
belt transmission, a centrifugal clutch and a
vertical spindle. The lower body also contains an
oil bath for lubrication of spindle bearings.

1810993-02

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

The frame hood contains the processing parts of

the separator; the inlets, outlets and piping.
The process liquid is cleaned in the separator
bowl. The bowl is fitted on the upper part of a
vertical spindle and rotates at high speed inside
the frame hood. The bowl also contains the
discharge mechanism which empties the sludge
during operation.
A speed sensor and an unbalance sensor (option)
are part of the equipment for monitoring the
separator functions.

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

1.2 The Drive Section

The separator howl is driven by an electric
motor via a belt transmission. The belt pulley
on the motor shaft includes a centrifugal
clutch.

Flat belt
The flat belt transmission has a
ratio which increases the bowl
speed several times compared
with the motor speed.

To reduce bearing wear and the

transmission of bowl vibrations to
the frame and foundation, the top
bearing of the bowl spindle is
mounted in a spring dampened
bearing seat.

The centrifugal clutch ensures a

gentle start and smooth acceleration,
and at the same time prevents
overloading of the belt and motor.

The bearings on the spindle are

lubricated by the oil spray produced
by an oil pump mounted on the
lower end of the spindle.

1810993-02

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1.3 The Process Section

The separation process
the rotating separator
outlet of process liquid
and outlet unit on top
frame hood.

takes
bowl.
takes
of the

place inside
The feed and
place in the in
separator

Inlet and outlet

The inlet and outlet unit consists of the

following parts:
A connection house for pipe connections.
A pipe with a paring disc and a paring tube is
located inside the connection house. The pipe
has channels for incoming and outgoing
process liquid.
The paring disc and paring tube pump the
cleaned oil and water respectively out of the
bowl.
The paring tube can move radially. During
separation it surfs on the liquid surface. It is
balanced by a spring.
Under certain operating conditions, the paring
tube radial position can be locked in place by
two adjustable screws on the connection house.
The paring disc and tube are located inside and
at the top of the separator bowl.
The inlet and outlet device is held together
against the frame hood by a nut on the end of
the inlet pipe.
Height adjusting rings determine the height
position of the paring disc and paring tube
relative to the bowl.

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

--'-(ir

1810993-02

'

'-

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Separator bowl

The separator bowl, with its sludge discharge

mechanism, is built-up as follows:
The bowl body and bowl hood are held together
by a lock ring (Centrilock). Inside the bowl are
the distributor and the disc stack. The disc stack
is kept compressed by the bowl hood. The
discharge slide forms a separate bottom in the
bowl body.
The upper space between the bowl hood and the
top disc forms the water paring chamber and
contains the paring tube, which pumps the
separated water out of the bowl. The oil paring
chamber, with its paring disc, is located inside
the top of the distributor. From here the cleaned
oil is pumped out of the bowl.
The sludge space is in the bowl periphery. The
bowl is kept closed by the discharge slide, which
seals against a seal ring in the bowl hood.
At fixed intervals, decided by the operator, the
discharge slide drops down to empty the bowl of
sludge.
The sludge discharge mechanism, which controls
the movement of the discharge slide, is
comprised of an operating slide and an operating
water device. Passive parts are: nozzle and valve
plugs. The operating water cover, beneath the
bowl, supplies operating water to the discharge
mechanism via the operating water ring.

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

Water paring chamber

Bowl hood

Top disc
Oil paring chamber
Disc stacl<
Lock ring

Seal ring

Discharge
slide

Operating slide

Sludge space
Nozzle
Holder

Operating water ring

1810993-02

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1.4 Sensors
The separator is equipped with a speed
sensor. As options, an unbalance sensor and
an interlocking kit can be fitted.

speed sensor

Monitoring kit (option)

A speed sensor Indicates the speed of the separator. The

correct speed Is needed to achieve the best separating
results and for reasons of safety. Refer to name plate for
speed particulars.

For indication of any abnormal unbalance, the separator can

be equipped with a sensor monitoring the radial position of
the bowl spindle.
Cover interlocking kit (option)
When the cover Is closed the Interlocking circuit In the control
system is closed which makes It possible to start the
separator.

Cover interlocking switch

Unbalance sensor

Speed sensor

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

1.5 Separating Function

The separator separates water and solids from the uncleaned oil. Water normally
leaves
the separator through the water outlet. During sludge discharge, solids (sludge) and water
are removed through the discharge ports.

1.5.1 The liquid balance in the bowl

The liquid levels in the bowl depend on many
factors (bowl geometry, liquid densities, flow
rates etc.). To get a picture of how the liquids
are distributed in the bowl, imagine that the
bowl is at standstill and turned 90 (only
influenced by gravity). The bowl can now be
compared with a settling tank:

SEPARATOR BOWL TURNED 90

Unseparated oi!
Separated oi!
Water

Distributor

Unseparated oil

Separated oil
Water

SETTLING TANK

1810993-02

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1.5.2 Liquid flow

Unseparated oil is fed into the bowl through the
inlet pipe and travels via the distributor towards
the periphery of the bowl.
When the oil reaches slots in the distributor, it
rises through the channels formed by the disc
stack, where it is evenly distributed.
The oil is continuously cleaned as it travels
towards the centre of the bowl. When the cleaned
oil leaves the disc stack, it flows through a
number of holes in the distributor and enters the
oil paring chamber. From here it is pumped by
the oil paring disc, and leaves the bowl through
the oil outlet. Separated water, sludge and solid
particles, which are heavier than the oil, are
forced towards the periphery of the bowl and
collect in the sludge space.
The space between the bowl hood and top disc, as
well as the water paring chamber, is filled with
oil, which is distributed over the entire
circumference via the grooves in the top disc.
During normal operation, the water drain valve
in the water outlet is closed.

1.5.3 Disciiarge of sludge and water

As the sludge space fills up and water enters the
disc stack, traces of water will escape with the
cleaned oil. The increase of water content in the
cleaned oil is the sign of reduced separation
efficiency.
This condition is monitored by the process
control system, and water is removed from the
bowl when minimal levels are recorded.
The water is removed by either of two ways:

The water drain valve opens and the water

leaves the bowl through the water outlet.

Through the sludge ports at sludge

discharge.

Which way is decided by the process control

system.

10

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

1.5.4 ALCAP concept

When the sludge space is filled up and water
enters the disc stack, traces of water will escape
with the cleaned oil. The increase of water
content in the cleaned oil is the sign of reduced
separation efficiency.
This condition is monitored by the process
control system, and water is removed from the
bowl when minimal levels are recorded.

1810993-02

11

1 SEPARATOR DESIGN

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

DISCHARGE OF WATER THROUGH WATER OUTLET

Unseparated oil
Bowl hood
Separated oil
Oil paring disc

Water
Water paring tube
Water paring channber

Oil paring chamber

Holes in distributor
Top disc

Sludge
space

Oil/water interface
Uncleaned oil
Cleaned oil
Water

12

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Technical Reference

2.1 Product description

Alfa Laval ret 57447Z, rev. 0

MOTE
The separator is a component operating in an
integrated system including a monitoring system.
If the technical data in the system description does
not agree with the technical data in this instruction
manual, the data in the system description is the
valid one.

Product number. 881202-02-03

Separator type. S 836
Application. Cleaning of fuel and lube oil. Not to
be used for liquids with flashpoint below 60 C.
Technical design.
Intended for marine- and land installations.
Total discharge.
Centrilock lock ring
Designed in accordance with standards:
98/37EC

The Directive of the European Parliament and Council relating to

machinery.

89/336EEC

EMC and amendments related to said directive.

EN 12547

Centrifuges - Common safety requirements.

Operational limits:
Feed temperature: 0C to-i-100C
Ambient temperature -h5C to +55C
Discharge intervals: min. 2 minutes max. 4 hours.
Maximum allowed density of operating liquid: 1000
kg/m^.
Viscosity max. 700 cSt at 50C.
Not to be used for liquids with flashpoint below
60C.
Remote restart allowed under certain conditions,
see Interface description.

1810993-02

13

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.2 Technical Data

Alfa Laval ref. 561760, rev. 5

Value

Unit

Motor power

7,5

l<W

Gear ratio

292/82

50Hz

Gear ratio

243 / 82

60Hz

Alarrn levels for vibration monitor

connection 752; 1st/2nd

0,2/0,3

mm

Bowl max. inner diameter

237

mm

Discharge interval; min./max.

2/240

minutes

IVIax. density of operating liquid, max.

1000

kg/m=

Max. density of feed/sediment

1100 72659

kg/m3

Feed temperature, min./max.

0/100

'C

- empty bowl

60

minutes

- filled bowl

60

minutes

Bowl body material

AL 111 2377-02

Subject
General technical data:

^ --;-:- - '

Max. running time without flow,

Operating data:
Bowl speed, synchronous

10683/10668

r/minute 50Hz/60Hz

Motor speed synchronous

3000/3000

r/minute 50Hz/60Hz

Power consumption at start-up, max.

11

kW

Power consumption idling/max.

capacity:

2,3/5,4

kW

Starting time, min./max

1,5 2

minutes

Stopping time min./max.

18/25

minutes

Stopping time without brake, avprage

22

minutes

Sound power

9,2

Bel(A)

Sound pressure

78

dB(A)

Vibrations, separator in use

9,1

mm/second

8,5

m3/h

2,6

litres

2,4

litres

0,35/1,1

litres

2,2

litres

112

kg

Volume and capacity data:

I Max. hydraulic capacity, bowl
i

> Bowl liquid volume

I Fixed discharge volume
Sludge volume, efficient'total
Lubricating oil volume
Weight information:
Motor drive
Bowl
Separator total

14

! 48

kg

I 371

kg

1810993-02

-,'-3''

- "

~-

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.3 Connection List

Alia Laval ret 561759 rev. 4

No.
201

206

220

Description

Requirements/limits

iniet for process liquid

Allowed temperature

Min. 0C, max. 100C

Max allowed density

See demand specification

Allowed flow

Max 6,3 m^/h

Inlet for conditioning and displacement liquid

Fresfi water

Instantaneous flow

1,6 litres/minute

Outlet for light phase, clarified liquid

Counter pressure

0 - 250 kPa

221

Outlet for heavy phase

No counter pressure.

222

Outlet for solid phase

Small discharge
Large discharge

Total discharge

Discharge frequency

Max 24 discharge/h.
The outlet from the cyclone must always be
arranged to prevent the cyclone from being
filled up with sludge. Solids are discharged
by gravity.

375

Inlet for discharge and make-up liquid

Quality requirements

See page 27.

Max density

Max. 1000 kg/m^

Pressure

min. 150 kPa

Make-up liquid
Flow (momentary)

2,8 litre/minute

Consumption

1.7 litres/hour

Interval

5 minutes

Time

3 seconds

Discharge liquid
Flow

11 litre/minute

Consumption

0,55 litre/discharge

Time

3 seconds

Closing liquid
Flow

2.8 litre/minute

Consumption

0,7 litre/discharge

Time

15 seconds

Start up closing liquid

Flow

11 litres/minute

Time

5 seconds

1810993-02

15

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

462

Drain of frame top section, lower

701

Motor for separator

740

752

760

16

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Allowed frequency variation:

(momentarily during 5 seconds

5%
10%

Speed sensor for bowl spindle

See page 21.

Type

Inductive promixly switch

Supply voltage, nominal

8V

With sensor activated (near metal)

Less or equal to 1 mA.

With sensor not activated (far from metal)

More or equal to 3 mA.

Number of pulses per revolution

Position transducer for bearing holder

See page 22.

Type

Inductive analogue sensor

Supply voltage

18to30VDC

Operation range (mild steel)

0,5 to 2,5 mm

Output voltage within sensing range

4 to 20 mA

Load resistance, RL

400 Ohm

Cover interlocking switch

Type

Mechanical limit switch

Switch rating, resistive load max.

3 A (at 48 V DC)
1 A (at 220 V AC)

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.4 Interface Description

Alfa Laval ref. 564834 rev. 2

2.4.1

Scope

This document gives

information,
requirements, and recommendations
about
operational procedures and signal processing
for safe and reliable operation of the
separator. It is intended to be used for
designing auxiliary equipment and control
systems for the separator

2.4.2

References

This Interface Description is one complementary

document to the separator. Other such
documents that contain necessary information
and are referred to here are:

Interconnection Diagram

Connection List

Technical Data

Standards referred to are:

EN 418 Safety of machinery - Emergency stop

equipment, functional aspects - Principles of
design

EN 1037 Safety of machinery - Prevention of

unexpected start-up

EN 954-1 Safety of machinery - Safety related

parts of control systems - Part 1 General
principles for design.

1810993-02

17

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2.4.3 Definitions
For the purpose of this document, the following
definitions apply:

Synchronous speed: The speed the machine

will attain when it is driven by a three phase
squirrel-cage induction motor and there is no
slip in the motor and the drive system.

Full speed: The synchronous speed minus

normal slip.

2.4.4 Goal
To eliminate situations that can cause harm, i.e.
injury, damage to health or property and
unsatisfactory process result are e.g.:
Situation

Effect

Unbalance caused by uneven sediment

accumulation in the bowl.

Too high stress on bowl and bearing

system which might cause harm.

Too high bowl speed.

Too high stress on bowl which might

cause harm.

Access to moving parts.

Can cause injury to person who

accidentally touches these parts.

Insufficient cleaning of separator.

Unsatisfactory product quality.

Bowl leakage.

Product losses.

Information and instructions given in this

document aim at preventing these situations.
Control and supervision can be more or less
comprehensive depending on the type of used
control equipment. When a simple control unit is
used it would be impossible or too expensive to
include many of the functions specified here
while these functions could be included at nearly
no extra cost when a more advanced control unit
is used. For this reasons functions that are
indispensable or needed for safety reasons to
protect the machine and/or personnel are
denoted with shall while other functions are
denoted with should.

18

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2 . 4 . 5 Description of s e p a r a t o r m o d e s
For control purposes the operation of the
separator should be divided into different modes.
The normally used modes are described below
but other modes might exist.
It is assumed that:

The separator is correctly assembled.

All connections are made according to

Connection List, Interconnection Diagram and
Interface Description.

The separator control system is activated.

If above conditions are not fulfilled the separator

will be in SERVICE mode.

Stand still means:

The power to the separator motor is off

The bowl is not rotating.

Starting means:

The power to the separator motor is on.

The bowl is rotating and accelerating

Running means:

The power to the separator motor is on.

The bowl is rotating at full speed.

RUNNING is a collective denomination for a

number of sub modes which e.g. can be;
- STAND BY. Separator is in a waiting mode
and not producing.
- PRODUCTION: Separator is fed with
product and producing.
- CLEANING: Separator is fed with cleaning
liquids with the intention to clean the
separator.

1810993-02

19

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Stopping means:

The power to the separator motor is off.

The bowl is rotating and decelerating.

STOPPING is a collective denonnination for a

number of sub modes which e.g. can be:
- NORMAL STOP. A manually or
automatically initiated stop.
- SAFETY STOP: An automatically initiated
stop at too high vibrations.
- EMERGENCY STOP: A manually initiated
stop at emergency situations. This stop will
be in effect until it is manually reset.

2.4.6

Remote start

This machine may be started from a remote

location under the following conditions;

First start after any kind of service or manual

cleaning must be supervised locally in order
to ensure that no mistakes has been made
during assembly

The unbalance sensor is mandatory for

remote start.

The installation must include equipment to

prevent unintentional start-up from remote
location when the machine is disassembled.

The installation must include equipment to

prevent unintentional start of process flow
from remote location when the machine is not
properly connected to the piping.

2.4.7

Handling of c o n n e c t i o n
interfaces

Electrical connections
701 Separator motor.
The separator is equipped with a 3-phase DOL (direct on line) started motor. The separator can
also be started by a Y/D starter, but then the
time in Y-position must be maximized to 5
seconds.

20

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

There shall be an emergency stop circuit

designed according to EN 418 and a power
isolation device according to EN 1037.
There shall be a start button close to the
separator that shall be used for first start after
assembly of the separator.
There should be a counter to count number of
running hours.
There should be a current transformer to give an
analogue signal to the control unit about the
motor current.

740 Speed sensor

A proximity sensor of inductive type according to
DIN 19234 (Namur) standard is giving a number
of pulses per revolution of the bowl (see
Connection List).
Signal processing in STARTING:

The separator should be stopped

automatically according to NORMAL STOP
procedure and an alarnn should be given
when the accumulated time for acceleration is
longer than the maximum time specified in
Technical Data. An abnormal start time
indicates some malfunction of the separator
equipment and should be investigated.

If the speed exceeds "Bowl speed,

synchronous" in Technical Data with more
than 5% the separator shall be stopped
automatically by NORMAL STOP and a high
speed alarm shall be given.

The speed monitoring system shall be

checked continuously (e.g by checking that
pulses are coming). In case of failure
indication the separator shall be stopped
automatically by NORMAL STOP with a timer
controlled stop sequence and an alarm for
speed monitoring system failure shall be
given.

The acceleration should be supervised to

ensure that a certain speed (e.g 250r/min.)
has been reached within a certain time (e.g 30
seconds).

1810993-02

21

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Signal processing in RUNNING:

If the speed exceeds "Bowl speed,

synchronous" in Technical Data with more
than 5% for a period longer than 1 minute or
momentarily during maximum 5 seconds more
than 10% the separator shall be stopped
automatically by NORMAL STOP ana a high
speed alarm shall be given.

If the speed falls more than 10% below the

synchronous speed for a period longer than 1
minute or 15% during more than 5 seconds a
low speed alarm should be given. Low speed
indicates some malfunction of the separator
equipment and shall be investigated.

The speed monitoring system shall be

checked continuously (e.g. by checking that
pulses are coming), in case of a failure
indication an alarm for speed monitoring
system failure shall be given. If there is a risk
of too high speed the separator shall be
stopped by NORMAL STOR

The speed drop during DISCHARGE.

compared to the measured speed
immediately before, should be between 3-8%
which will indicate a proper discharge.

Signal processing in STOPPING:

STAND STILL shall be indicated when no

pulses are detected within 30 seconds.

Stopping the separator when alarm for speed

monitoring system failure is active, shall cause
a timer controlled stop. (See "Stop time" in
Technical Data.)

752 Unbalance sensor (option).

For indication of any abnormal unbalance and to
be able to perform appropriate countermeasures,
the separator has been equipped with a vibration
velocity transducer on the separator frame. The
signal from the transducer shall be monitored
and two alarm levels according to the vibration
alarm levels in Technical Data should be set.

22

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

The vibration level shall be high for 3 seconds to

generate an alarm. The first level is only used to
generate an alarm while the second level shall
stop the machine.
The vibration monitor shall include self check
function to be performed at least at initiation of
STARTING.
If vibrations exceed the second alarm level the
separator shall be stopped the quickest way
possible and it shall not been restarted until the
reasons for the unbalance have been found and
measures to remove them have been taken.
Signal processing in STARTING:
If vibrations exceed the second alarm level the
separator shall be stopped automatically by
SAFETY STOP.
If the self check system triggers, an alarm shall
be given and an automatic stop by NORMAL
STOP shall be initiated.
Signal processing in RUNNING:

If vibrations exceed the first alarm level an

alarm sinould be given. Vibrations of this
magnitude will reduce the expected life time
of the bearings and should therefore be
eliminated.

If vibrations exceed the second alarm level

the separator shall be stopped automatically
by SAFETY STOP.

If the self check system triggers, an alarm

shall be given.

Signal processing in STOPPING:

If the self check system triggers, an alarm

shall be given.

Signal processing in NORMAL

STOP:

If vibrations exceed the second level the

system shall turn over automatically to
SAFETY STOP.

1810993-02

23

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

760 Cover interlocking switch (option)

The separator is equipped with a interlocking

switch to detect if the cover is mounted.

Signal processing in STAND

STILL:

The circuit is closed wlien the cover of the

separator is mounted.

The interlocl<ing sw/itch should be connected

in such a way that starting of the motor is
prevented when the separator cover is not
mounted.

Signal processing in STARTING,

and CLEANING:

RUNNING

If the circuit is broken the separator should be

stopped automatically by NORMAL STOP.
This is to minimise the risk of having access to
moving parts.

Fluid connections
Complementary information is given in the
document Connection List.
201 Inlet
Processing in STAND

Shall be closed.

Processing in

STILL:

STARTING:

Should be closed. Bowl will be open and

empty or closed and filled depending on if
start is done from STAND STILL or STOPPING.

Processing in RUNNING:

Could be closed or open.

Processing in CLEANING:

A sequence of cleaning liquids should be fed

to the separator. The flow rate should be as
high as possible and preferably not less than
the production flow rate.

Processing in NORMAL STOP or EMERGENCY

STOP:

24

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Could be closed or open but the bowl should

be filled unless the stop is initiated in
STARTING.

Processing in SAFETY

STOP:

Could be closed or open but the bowl shall be

filled unless the stop is initiated in STARTING.

206 Inlet for conditioning and

liquid

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

displacement

According to process

220, 221 and 222 Outlets

Processing in STAND

STILL:

Could be closed or open.

Processing in other modes:

Shall be open.

375 Inlet for discharge and make-up liquid

Processing in all modes:

It is recommendable to supervise the supply

pressure. If pressure is too low (see
Connection List), start should be interlocked
and if it happens in PRODUCTION or
CLEANING turn over to STAND BY should
take place.

Signal processing in STARTING:

Below 85% of synchronous bowl speed no

water supply may be made.

When coming from PRODUCTION a

discharge shall be initiated to remove
sediments from bowl to avoid problems due to
solidification, see Connection List.

Signal processing in PRODUCTION:

Automatic discharges shall be initiated by

timer or ALCAP system.

1810993-02

25

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Signal processing in CLEANING:

Automatic discharges shall be initiated by

timer or CIP-control system.

Signal processing in NORMAL STOP:

Discharges should not be made.

Signal processing in SAFETY STOP and

EMERGENCY STOP:

26

Discharges should not be made,

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.5 Demand Specification

Water
Alfa Laval ref. 574487 rev. 0

Poor quality of the operating water may with time cause erosion,
corrosion and/or operating problems. The water shall be treated
to meet certain demands.
The following requirements are of fundamental importance:

Turbidity-free water, solids content <0,001 % by volume.

Max. particle size 50 pm.
Deposits shall not be allowed to form in certain areas in the system.

Total hardness less than 180 mg CaCOs per litre, which corresponds
to 10 dH or 12,5 E. Hard water may with time form deposits in the
operating mechanism. The precipitation rate is accelerated with
increased operating temperature and low discharge frequency.
These effects become more severe the harder the water is.

Chloride content max. 100 ppm NaCI (equivalent to 60 mg Cl/I).

Chloride ions contribute to corrosion on surfaces in contact with the
operating [Link] is a process that is accelerated by
increased separating temperature, low pH, and high chloride ion
concentration.

6,5<pH<9
Bicarbonate content (HC03) min. 70mg HCO3 per litre, which
corresponds to 3,2 dKH.

MOTE
Alfa Laval accepts no liability for consequences
arising from unsatisfactorily purified operating
water supplied by the customer.

1810993-02

27

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.6

Drawings

2.6.1 Basic size drawing

Atta Laval ret. 561693 rev. 5

^ IX f

'-ISO-G 1/2

-0(7

"X-U
Connection house, with connections 201, 220 and 221, turnable in 60 steps all around.
All connections to be installed non-loaded and flexible
All dimensions are nominal. Reservation for individual deviations due to tolerances.
Data for connection, see 2.3 Connection List, page 15.
A Tightening torque 160 Nm,
B Maximum horizontal displacement at the inlet and outlet
connections during operation 5 mm.
C Maximum vertical displacement at the sludge connection
during operation 2 mm.
D 4 holes MIO
E MIO depth 30
F 028, depth 45
G 022, depth 45

28

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.6.2 Foundation drawing

Alfa Laval ref. 561726 rev. 0

4> D
20O0

1750

^77777777777777777777777
-424

.^13,5

I
J

g L
^l^M-pJJjpi

<H)

IM

Total static load max. 4 kN.

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I

Centre of separator bowl.

Holes for foundation bolts (8x).
Centre of motor.
Min. lifting capacity required during service: 300 kg.
Max. fieigfit of largest component incl. lifting tool.
Service side.
Foundation bolts.
Installation according to stated foundation force.
Recommended free floor space for unloading wfien doing
service.
J No fixed installation witliin this area.
K Centre of gravity (complete machine).
L Vertical force not exceeding 10 kN/foot.
M Horizontal force not exceeding 10 kN/foot.

1810993-02

29

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2.6.3 Interconnection diagram

Alfa Laval ret 561786 rev. 5

Interlocking switch (frame top part)

Unbalance sensor (position trans

for bearing holder).

Speed sensor (bowl speed).

Junction box

I r I I I I

I I I

V\/iring without
junction box

(W)

(W)

Demand specification wire

Approval: UL 1007/1569
CSA TR-64
Area ace. to AWG 18

30

{760]

Wiring of connector "X":

Wire colour codes:

RD=A
BU=B
GN=C
YW=D
WT=E
BK=F
BN=G
PU=H

BK=Black
BN=Brown
BU=Ble
RD=Red
GN=Green
PU=Purple
YW=Yellow
WT=White

Items showed in this document are not included in all

separators. See product specification.

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

2.6.4 Electric motor

Alfa Laval ref. 561356 rev. 4

W h9

U12x28

Knockout openings for

M25+M20 cable glands
on both sides.

Cast lifting lugs on both

sides.
4 holes
M10x18

External earthing bolt var.

code 067

Metal fan cover

var. code 053

Note: Drain holes with

closable plugs to be
positioned at lowest
point.

Manufacturer

Note: The motor

bearings have
permanent lubrication

ABB UoXors

Type of mounting

iUlanuf. drawing

Cat. GB 08-2001

Standards

IEC 34-serles, 72, 79 and 85

Size

132SB

Type

M3AA132SB

Weiglit

42 kg

Poies

Insuiation class

Bearings

D-end 6208-2Z/C3

IM 2111

Protection
class
IP 55

The rotor balanced with half-key

Max. vibration velocity 1,8 mm/second (rms)
Cast iron bearing shield at N-end
Factory test certificate to be enclosed at the delivery.
Rated output (kW) valid for temp-rise max. 90 C.
The motors can be provided with space heaters for 110 V or
220 V, 25 W as option.

N-end 6206-2Z/C3
Method of cooling

IC411 (IEC 34-6)

Spec.

Totally enclosed three-phase

motor for marine service ^'
Motor with feet and small flange.

1810993-02

31

2 TECHNICAL REFERENCE

Output
kW

Article
No.

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Speed
r/min

Freq
Hz

Voltage
V

Current [Link] 1 s t / p ) Note

A
c o s (p

561356-17

8;6

3430

60

690D

9,3

561356-16

8;6

3430

60

380D

16,9

561356-15

8;6

3430

60

230 D

28,0

561356-14

8;6

3430

60

220 D

29,0

561356-13

8;6

3430

60

575D

11,2

CSA- plated

561356-12

8;6

3430

60

480D

13,4

561356-11

8;6

3430

60

460D

14,0

561356-10

8;6

3430

60

440 D

14,6

561356-9

7,5

2830

50

230 D

24,5

561356-8

7,5

2830

50

220 D

25,5

561356-7

7,5

2830

50

690 D

8,1

561356-6

7,5

2830

50

660D

8,5

561356-5

7,5

2830

50

500 D

11,2

. 561356-4

7,5

2830

50

440 D

12,7

561356-3

7,5

2830

50

415D

13,5

561356-2

7,5

2830

50

400 D

14,0

561356-1

7,5

2830

50

380 D

14,7

0,92

7,1

1st /l=starting current /rated current at direction line starting.

Ttie motors can be designed to fulfil requirements of following Classification
Societies (Essential Service, If required).
Lloyds Register of Shipping (LRS)
Det Norske Veritas (DnV)
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
Bureau Veritas (BV)
American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
Registro Italiano Navale (RINA)
Nippon Kaiyi Kyokai (NK)
Korean Register of Shipping (KR)
Polski Rejester Statkow (PRS)
China Classification Societies (ZG)
Indian Register of Shipping (IRS)
Maritime Register of Shipping (IRS)
Required classification society must always be specified when ordering.

32

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Separator Service, Dismantling,

Assembly

3.1 Periodic A/laintenance

Periodic (preventive) maintenance
reduces
the risk of unexpected stoppages and
breakdowns. Follow the maintenance log in
this chapter in order to facilitate the periodic
maintenance.

3.1.1 Maintenance intervals

The following directions for periodic
maintenance give a brief description of parts to
be cleaned, checked and renewed at different
maintenance intervals.
The maintenance log for each maintenance
interval on page 37 gives a detailed list of actions
to be performed.

Inspection
An Inspection consists of an overhaul of the
separator bowl, inlet/outlet and operating water
device every 6 months or 4000 operating hours.
Seals in bowl and gaskets in inlet/outlet device
are renewed.

OverKaul Q ^
An Overhaul consists of an overhaul of the
complete separator (including separator bowl,
inlet/outlet and operating device) every 18
months or 12000 operating hours. Seals,
bearings, friction blocks and flat belt in the
separator are renewed.

Oil cliange
The oil should be changed every 4000 hours, or at
least once every year if the total number of
operating hours is less than 4000 hours I year.

1810993-02

33

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.1.2 Maintenance procedures

At each Inspection and/or Overhaul, take a copy
of the maintenance log and use it to make notes
during the service.
An inspection and overhaul should be carried out
as follows:
1

Dismantle the parts as described in 3.3

Dismantling, page 39.
Place the separator parts on clean, soft
surfaces such as pallets.

Inspect and clean the dismantled separator

parts according to the maintenance log and
description in 3.4 Actions Before Assembly,
page 73.

Fit all the parts delivered in the service kit

while assembling the separator as described
in chapter 3.5 Assembly, page 83.

When the separator is assembled, make final

checks described in 3.6 Actions After
Assembly, page 122.

Disintegration Hazards
Separator parts that are either missing, worn
beyond their safe limits or incorrectly assembled,
may cause severe damage or fatal injury.

^CMlTOI*

Bum and Corrode Hazards

Escaping hot and/or corroding process material,
which can be hazardous, may still remain in the
separator after stop.

The u s e of s e r v i c e s y m b o l s in t h e

dismantling/assembly instructions
Parts that have to be renewed from the service
kits (see below) are marked Q ^ and/or Ejj^ in
the assembly instructions.

34

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Example:
a Fit the 0-ring ^ ^

When dismantling and assembling between the

service periods, some procedures do not have to
be carried out. These procedures are marked
Qjr and/or Q ^ .
Example:
5

Renew/ the valve plugs on the operating slide

All symbols used in the instructions refer to

activities mentioned in the maintenance logs.

3.1.3 Tightening of screws

Tightening all screws with the correct torque
value is important.
These figures apply unless otherwise stated:
Torque
Metric
thread

Stainless steel

Carbon steel

Nm

kpm

[Link]

Nm

kpm

[Link]

M4

1,7

0,17

1,2

2,25

0,25

1,8

M5

3,4

0,34

2,5

4,9

0,49

3,6

M6

0,7

0,8

5,9

M8

17

1,7

13

20

14,7

M10

33

3,4

24

39

3,9

28,7

M12

57

5,8

42

68

6,9

50

M16

140

14

100

155

15,8

114

M20

270

28

200

325

33

239

M24

470

48

340

570

58

420

The figures apply to lubricated screws tightened

with a torque wrench.

3.1.4 Service kits

Special service kits are available for Inspection
and Overhaul.

1810993-02

35

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

For other services, a Support kit is available.

Spare parts not included in the Support kit have
to be ordered separately.
Note that the parts for Inspection a r e included
in the Overhaul kit.
The contents of the kits are described in the
Spare Parts Catalogue.
MOTE
Always use Alfa Laval genuine parts as otherwise
the warranty may become Invalid.
Alfa Laval takes no responsibility for the safe
operation of the equipment if non-genuine spare
parts are used.

^ABt*<^

Disintegration iiazards
Use of imitation spare parts may cause severe
damage.

3.1.5 Cleaning
CIP (Cleaning In Place)

To prolong the intervals between manual

cleaning of the separator the use of CIP together
with repeated discharges can be used.
Some CIP liquids can be corrosive to brass- and
aluminium alloy parts which are included in the
separator.

^cAirrioi*
Use only Alfa Laval recommended CIP liquids.

36

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING. ASSEMBLY

3.2 Maintenance Log

Name of ship/plant:

Local identification:

Separator: S 836

Manufacture No./Year:

Total running hours:

Product No.: 881202-02-03

Date:

Signature:

Part
F r a m e hood

3
IS

>
O

5_E

Page

Action

- All parts

Clean

73

- All parts

Check for corrosion

75

- All parts

Check for cracks

76

- Connecting housing

Check for erosion damages

77

- Frame hood

Renew O-ring

115

Control measure of paring disc height

116

Check height adjusting rings

116

- All parts

Clean

73

- All parts

Check for corrosion

75

- All parts

Check for cracks

76

- All parts

Check for erosion damages

77

- Bowl body

Check for impact marks and corrosion

102

Renew rectangular ring

103

Renew O-rlngs

Renew rectangular nng

- Operating slide

103
1

102

jRenew valve plugs

Renew rectangular nng

107

- In and outlet pipe

Renew O-rings

110

- Paring tube

Renew 0-rings and beanngs

110

- Bowl hood

Renew seal nng

1 X

1 X

112

112

Renew 0-ring

Renew frame feel (including washers }

land screws)

79

Drain and oil filling holes

Renew washers

'

101

Oil pin

Renew 0-nng

101

1810993-02

104, 107

- Discharge slide

Framo foet

Note

Has to be ordered
separately

37

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING. ASSEMBLY

e
'S
0
tt

a
M

Part

a
>
O

Action

Page

Note

Driving device
All parts

Clean

73

All partb

Check for corrosion

7;.

All parts

Check for cracks

76

Bottom bearing housing

Renew 0-nng

90

Labyrinth ring holder

Renew labyrinth nng

91

Renew 0-ring

91

Top bearing housing

Renew springs

93

Flat belt

Renew flat belt

97-

Bowl spindle

Pre-lubricate and renew ball bearing

92

Pre-lubricate and renew self-aligning

roller bearing

94

Measure the radial wobble

100

Lubricate the spindle

Neck bearing cover

Renew O-nng

99

Deflector nng

Renew O-nng

99

Water Inlet pipe

Renew O-nng

100

Operating water cover

Renew seal nng and O-nng

^00

Fan

Renew the O-nng

96

Coupling
All parts

Clean

73

Check for corrosion

All parts

75

Check for cracks

All parts
X

Renew single row ball beanngs

Coupling hub
X

Friction blocks

Renew friction pads (if they are worn)

or clean the pads if they are oily

83

Electrical m o t o r
Lubncate if nipples are fitted See sign
on motor

_^,

- Electncal motor

Signs and labels on separator

- Machine plate

- Lifting instructions
- Safety labels
- Name plate
- Representative label

38

122

' x Check attachment and legibility

122

1
1

Check attachment and legibility

122

' x Check attachment and legibility

122

\ x Check attachment and legibility

122

|x ICheck attachment and legibility

122

1 1"

- Power supply frequency

'

Check attachment and legibility

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.3

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Dismantling

3.3.1 Introduction
To disconnect the oil inlet, oil outlet, and
water outlet, undo the two screws on the
connection plate. Hook the plate, together
with the three hoses, to the edge of the small
work table to avoid oil draining from the
hoses.
The frame hood and heavy bowl parts must
be lifted by means of a hoist. Position the
hoist exactly above the bowl centre. Use a
lifting sling and lifting hooks with safety
catches.
The parts must be handled carefully. Don't
place parts directly on the floor, but on a
clean rubber mat, ftbreboard or a suitable
pallet.
NOTt
For safety reasons, it is essential that all personnel
who work with the separator read this manual
thoroughly and completely.
Do not allow personnel to clean, assemble, operate
or maintain the separator until they have read and
fully understood this manual.
Ensure that all personnel who operate and service
the separator are well-trained and knowledgeable
concerning the separator and the work to be carried

out.

1810993-02

39

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.3.2 Tools
Special tools from the tool kit must be used for
dismantling and assembly, as well as Standard
tools (not included). The special tools are
specified in the Spare Parts Catalogue and are
illustrated at the beginning of each dismantling
section.
y^VTABWlWO^

Entrapment hazard
To avoid accidental start, switcli off and lock-out
power supply before starting any dismantling work.
Make sure that machine has come to a complete
standstill before starting any dismantling work
(takes about 30 minutes from switch off).

40

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Standard Tools

"1

Screwdriver

Torque wrencln (capacity 0-200 Nm)

Drift ( 0 4 mm)

Dial indicator witli magnetic base

Spanner for clutch

Heating equipment for bearings

Sliding calliper

Hammers (standard and soft-faced)

Pliers for internal snap rings

1 0 Pliers for external snap rings

1 1 T-handle with extension rod, sockets
(13, 16, 17, 18, 19,27,30 mm)
1 2 Spanners (various sizes)
1 3 Adjustable spanner
1 4 Shackle

1810993-02

41

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.3.3 F r a m e hood

Lock nut
Washer
Connecting
housing

Frame hood
1 Hook spanner (lock nut)

Height adjusting
rings

^VlAflHW*^

Support ring

Entrapment hazard
To avoid accidental start, switch off and lock-out the
power supply before starting any dismantling work.
Make sure that machine has come to a complete
standstill before starting any dismantling work
(after about 30 minutes from switch off).

Removing the connecting Inousing.

a Remove the lock nut using the

hook spanner.

HOTE
Remove connections before
starting dismantling.

Kv^ABMWj
The nut must not be
removed before the
separator has stopped.

b Press the pipe down to loosen

the connecting housing.

Remove the washer

"SoTt

c Remove the connecting housing

Right hand thread.

42

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the spring and arm.

c Turn the paring tube so that the frame hood can be

removed upwards.

IIOT6

Paring tube

To avoid the paring tube from being damaged

and preventing the inlet pipe from sticking to
the frame hood when lifting the hood, always
turn the paring tube towards the pipe before
lifting.

'A:-X

Removing the frame hood.

a Remove the screws holding
the frame hood.

c Lift off the frame

hood.

NOTE
b Loosen the hood
by bending with
a screwdriver in
all grooves in the
hood.

Do not place
the hood
upside down.

1810993-02

43

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.3.4 Bowi

Lock ring
Bowl hood

Inlet and outlet

pipe
Paring tube
Axial support.
-

0.j(|t'.-,;t,J::>

Splash sealing

Bowl disc
(without caulks)
Bowl discs

Distributor

Cap nut
Nut
Discharge slide
Rectangular ring
0-ring
Bowl body

1 * ^

'

'

Rectangular ring

- ^

XC

0-ring
Valve plugs

1 Compressing tool (lock ring)

2 Lifting eyes
3 Spanner for nut (nut/discharge slide)
4 Puller (discharge slide)
5 Lifting tool (distributor, spindle)
6 Puller (Bowl body)
7 Screw (lock ring) (M5)
8 Hexagon head key
9 Chisel (seal ring)
10 Pin (distributor/lifting tool)

Operating slide
Rectangular ring
0-ring
Holder
Nozzle
Operating water ring s
<D
CD

Ring

44

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing tine lock ring

a Fit the compressing tool.

b Fit the clamps and the

screws to stop.

c Compress the disc stack by

alternately tightening the inner
screws on the compressing
tool to a maximum of 60 Nm.

Fit the dismantling s c r e w s ^

to the bowl body and
press out the loci< ring by
tightening the screws
successively going
counter-clocl<;wise. Start
with the screw nearest the
locl< ring end (the one
without the guide pin).
The locl< ring can be
removed when it has
passed the edge of the
groove.

e Remove the lock ring

from the groove.

Remove the
dismantling screws.

1810993-02

45

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the bowl hood.

a Remove the compressing
screws.
Loosen the screws
on the clamp tool.
Remove the tool.
Remove the lock
-ring.

note
The bowl hood must be pulled off
straight up, in order not to get stuck.
Recommendation: Take
measurements with a calliper around
the bowl, between the upper edge of
the bowl body and the bowl hood, to
check that the bowl hood is being
pulled off straight up.

c Fit the compressing tool and the

puller screws.
Pull the bowl hood off by
screwing the screws alternately
(max. 1/2 turn) and gradually
increase the momentum evenly
until the bowl hood come loose.

Remove the clamps

and attach lifting eyes
to the compressing
tool and lift off the
bowl hood.

^ ^ l * e

Crush hazard
The top disc can adhere to the bowl
hood when lifting. Be careful not to
accidentally drop it.

46

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the seal ring.

a Place the bowl hood on a support

and tap out a piece of the seal ring
using a drift in the holes.
b Turn the bowl hood upside down
and rennove the seal ring by
carefully knock pieces of the seal
ring out of the groove, using the
special tool: chisel.

MOTE
Seal ring

It is very important not to

damage the bottom of the
groove!

A^^*^
Risk for eye ii^ury f r o m flying seal ring parts
or f r o m splashing fluid
The seal ring breaks when removed from the bowl
hood and may cause trapped fluid to splash. Wear
safety goggles.

Removing the inlet/outlet pipe and top disc.

Lift out the in- and outlet pipe together with the top disc.

Crush hazard
The distributor and disc stack can adhere to the
top disc. Separate them from the top disc so that
they do not accidentally drop.

1810993-02

47

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Removing the paring tube.

a Remove the top disc from
the inlet and outlet pipe.

To avoid damaging the paring

tube, turn it towards the
centre of the pipe.

b Remove the splash sealing.

c Remove the screws

and the axial support

d Lift up and remove the

paring tube.

Turn the paring tube

upwards.

MOTE
If the paring tube sticlcs, use a drift
to carefully tap it out from the pipe.
Be careful not to damage the
paring tube.

48

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the disc stacl< and distributor.

c Carefully lift off the
disc stack assembly.

Assemble the lifting tool with the pin.

b Fit the assembled tool into the

distributor and ease off the djsc stack
using a spanner or wrench.

^CAUTIOH

Cut hazard
Sharp edges on the separator
discs may cause cuts

Removing the nut

b Use the spanner

for nut to remove
the nut.

Screw

To prevent the bowl body from rotating

when removing the nut;
Fit one of the clamps (see page 45) to
the bowl body and one of the screws
for the frame hood in the frame. Fasten
a sling between the clamp and the
screw around the bowl body.

Clamp

1810993-02

49

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Removing the discharge slide.

a Fit the lifting tool by

pressing the puller rods
towards each other and
position them into the
two slots on the bowl
bottom.
Slide metal ring down
over bowl nave.

b Ease off the discharge slide

by turning the central screw.

If discharge slide is
difficult to remove,
tap lightly on outside
edge with a soft
\ faced hammer.

Crush hazard
The ring on the lifting tool must be pushed
down against the discharge slide,
otherwise the discharge slide may come
loose from the tool.

50

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the cap nut.

^

a Remove the cap nut

Left-hand thread!

10 Removing the bowl body

a Fit the lifting tool to the bowl body.

b Raise the bowl body off the spindle taper

by turning the lifting eye clock-wise.

c Lift off the bowl body

1810993-02

51

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

11 Turn the bowl body upside down.

Crush hazard
Support the bowl body when turning to prevent it from rolling.

1 2 Removing the holder.

a Remove the screws.

b Lift off the holder

If the ring sticks, use two M8

screws in threaded holes to raise
the operating slide holder up and
away from the bowl body.

52

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

13 Removing the operating slide.

a Lift off the operating slide.

MOtE
If the ring sticks, use two IMS screws in
threaded holes to raise the operating
slide holder up and away from the bowl
body.

1 4 Removing the operating water ring.

Loosen and remove ttie screws
(13 mm socket).
b Lift off ttie ring.

If the ring sticks, use two M8

screws in threaded holes to raise
the operating slide holder up and
away from the bowl body.
The discoloration on the ring is oxide
protection. Do not clean with abrasives.

1810993-02

53

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.3.5 Driving device

1 Puller (spindle pulley,

ball bearing).
2 Tool (bearing housing).
3 Cover puller
(neck bearing cover).

Seal ring

4 Lifting tool
(spindle assembly)
5 Drift (bottom bearing).
6 Sleeve (ball bearing in
top bearing seat
7 Pin spanner (oil fan).

Air deflector

Operating water cover

0-ring
Spindle pulley

0-ring ^' Deflector ring

Seal ring

Belt

Neck bearing cover

0-ring
Self-aligning roller
bearing
Lubrication oil orifice

0-ring
Fan

0-ring

Snap ring

Oil pump

Bowl spindle
Labyrinth ring holder

Bail bearing

O-ring
Labyrinth ring

Bearing seat

Wing insert

Spring

0-ring

Top bearing housing

Bottom bearing
holder

Compression spring

Screw
- O-ring

Plug

Strainer

54

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Empty the oil sump.

Unscrew the oil plug and

empty the oil sump.

Removing the clutch cover.

a Remove the screws

b Remove the clutch cover

1810993-02

55

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Loosen the flat belt, by tilting the motor.

a Loosen, but do not remove, the screws holding
the motor. Start with the two screws at the bottom.
Do not loosen more than shown in the illustration.

Motor
Separator frame

Screw

b Loosen the two upper screws a little bit more so

that the motor can be tilted. Do not loosen more
than shown in the illustration.

^yiABWH*o^

Crush hazard
The motor will come off if tlie screws are
unscrewed.

c Remove the flat belt from the motor pulley.

56

1810993-02

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Removing the operating w/ater cover

a Remove the screws.

b Lift off the operating water

cover.

If the cover sticks, fit two M10

screws to the threaded holes
and tighten.

Removing the neck bearing cover and deflector ring.

d Lift off the neck bearing cover

together with the deflector ring.
a Attach the tools

c Ease off the

cover by
tightening
the screw.

b Fasten the tool to

the cover.

Cover
Frame

1810993-02

57

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Prepare for removal of spindle assembly.

HOTE
To facilitate later removal of
plugs, loosen (do not remove)
the plugs on the bearing
housing.
b Remove the screw/s

If the cover sticks, fit two IVI10

screws to tlie threaded holes
and tighten.

58

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Lifting the spindle assembly from the frame.

a Fit the lifting tool to the spindle end.

b Slowly raise and lift out the spindle
assembly.

Crush hazard
Do not rotate the spindle assembly
during lifting. The spindle assembly
may otherwise come loose from the
lifting tool.

H0T6
Take care not to damage the oil
pump.

1810993-02

59

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Place the spindle assembly upside dov/n on a support.

r\

Make a support

- 1 7 4 mm

-130 mm
- 3 , 0 mm
free space

Removing the air deflector

Remove the screws and the air

deflector.

a
60

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

"10 Removing the fan.

a Turn the spindle assembly the right way up.

b Placeaspanner (or similar) on

the spindle pulley key-grip, as
holder-up.
c Fit the pin spanner and
remove the fan.

. Key-grip

NOTE,
Left-hand thread!

11 Removing the bottom bearing assembly.

a Turn the spindle assembly up-side down and
remove the oil pump by using spanners.

Puller tool

b Pull off the belt pulley and the

self-aligning roller bearing using
the puller tool.

Always discard a used

bearing.

Lubrication oil orifice

c Cover the the oil orifice and blow compressed

air through the bottom hole of the oil pump and
slowly ease out the lubrication oil orifice.

Compressed air

1810993-02

61

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

12 Removing the top bearing housing.

a Turn the spindle
assembly over.

Compression
springs

b Remove the plugs

and the compression
springs.
c Carefully remove the spindle
from the top bearing seat.

HOTE
Be careful not to damage
the vibration indicator.

62

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

1 3 Removing the ball bearing.

a Remove the snap ring.

A^^Afll*G

Risk for e y e injury from flying snap ring

Use the correct pliers for dismantling of snap ring to
avoid accidental release.

b Fit the cap nut on the spindle to

protect the threads.

c Use the puller tool to remove the

top bearing seat from the spindle.

NOTE
Do not damage threads on
spindle.

HOTE
Tal<e care not to damage the
vibration indicator when
separating the top bearing
seat from the spindle.

Piece of wood to
protect the spindle
threads.

d Place the top bearing seat on a support to

protect the vibration indicator.
Remove the bearing. Use a drift in the two
holes.

1810993-02

Always discard
used bearings.

63

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

14 Removing the labyrinth ring holder

If the holder sticks, fit two screws M8

to the threaded holes and tighten.

64

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

"15 Removing the bottom bearing holder

a Fit the tool into the bottom bearing holder and attach the
socl<;et, extension rod and T-handie.

T-handle

Extension rod

Socket

^ ^
T ^

b Loosen the bottom bearing

holder by turning it counter
clockwise.
Remove it by hand.

c Remove the strainer.

1810993-02

65

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.3.6 Centrifugal clutch

Spacing ring

^ ' " ' s ^ ^ . tf. '^f'

Belt pulley

A^ABMIWG
Parallel pin
Entrapment hazard
To avoid accidental start, switch off and lock-out
power supply before starting any dismantling work.
Make sure that machine has come to a complete
standstill before starting any dismantling work
(takes about 30 minutes from switch off).

Friction blocks
(3=60 Hz)
Cover
Snap ring

MOTE
50 Hz = 5 Friction blocks
60 Hz = 3 Friction blocks
The illustration shows 60 Hz

i-Ji-^f^:

1 Mounting /dismantling tool (centrifugal clutch).

2 Mounting /dismantling tool (ball bearing).

66

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the clutch cover.

s Loosen and remove the screws

b Remove the clutch cover

Loosen the flat belt, by tilting the motor,

a Loosen, but do not remove, the screws holding
the motor. Start with the two screws at the bottom.
Do not loosen more than shown in the illustration.

Motor
Separator frame

Screw

b Loosen the two upper screws a little bit more so

that the motor can be tilted. Do not loosen more
than shown in the illustration.

MViABHIN
Crush hazard
The motor will come off if the screws are
unscrewed.

c Remove the flat belt from the motor pulley.

1810993-02

67

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Removing the motor.

a Disconnect the electrical cables.

^^MARM*

Electrical hazard
If the cables are not disconnected during lifting procedures,
they may become damaged.

c Tense the lifting sling to support the motor and

remove the screws. Lift the motor while supported.

b Fit a sling to the

motor using a
shackle on the upper
part.
Weight of motor with
coupling: approx. 80
kg.

^ ^ ^ H G

Crush hazard
If not supported, the motor with coupling
will drop when removing the screws.

d Lower the motor onto a suitable pallet.

Removing the friction blocks.

KciVUTlOH

a Remove the snap ring, cover

and friction blocks.

Inhalation hazard
When handling friction
blocks/pads wear a
mask to avoid inhalation
of dust.
Do not use compressed
air to remove dust.
Remove dust using
vacuum or a damp cloth

Friction blocks
(3=60 Hz)
Cover
Snap ring

50 Hz = 5 Friction blocks
60 Hz = 3 Friction blocks

68

1810993-02

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Checl<ing the condition of the friction blocl<s E ^

If the blocks are worn:

ACAJ^JOH

Fit new friction biocids.

HOTE
Inhalation hazard
When handling friction
blocks/pads wear a
mask to avoid inhalation
of dust.
Do not use compressed
air to remove dust.
Remove dust using
vacuum or a damp cloth.

Replace all blocks, even if only one is

worn.

a Clean the pins of coupling hub and apply a thin

film of lubricating paste to the pins.

22.
Make sure that there is no oil on the pads.

Be sure that the pins on the back of the

blocks project into the grooves in the
clutch hub.

b If only friction block service is to be done,

proceed to "Assembly of friction blocks" on page
86,

1810993-02

69

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Complete dismantling of centrifugal clutch

Removing ttie coupling from tlie motor

a Remove the screw, spring washer and washer

Washer
Spring washer
Screw
Attach a socket with extension
rod and handle to the screw.
Place a piece of wood according
to the illustration. Push the
handle to start the rotor moving,
when the handle hits the piece of
wood, the weight and movement
of the rotor loosens the screw.
Repeat until screw is loose.

Piece of wood
b Check that the brass plug is mounted
on the puller tool.
Fit the tool to the friction clutch.

c Ease off the friction coupling.

Flat areas for spanner

y^VlABHiWG_

Crush hazard
The centrifugal clutch is heavy and
can fail, causing injury, when
loosened from the motor shaft.

HOT6
See dismantling with optional
hydraulic puller tool (if purchased) on
next page.

70

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Removing the coupling from the motor using the optional hydraulic tool.
"MOTE

First remove the screw, spring washer

and washer according to instructions
a -b, on previous page.

a Fit the sleeve to the

stud bolt.

b Fit the holder to the

coupling nave.

Fit the stud bolt with

sleeve to the motor
shaft.

e Fit nut and sleeve to the

stud bolt as shown.
f Fit hydraulic cylinder as
shown.
Hydraulic oil inlet

g Fit the plate and fasten with

screws through plate and
holder

Motor shaft

Coupling nave

Sleeve

Holder

e Attach the hose from the hand pump to the hydraulic oil inlet.
Ease off the friction coupling by pumping the handle on the
pump until stop.
Release pressure on the hand pump and adjust the nut on the
stud bolt.
Repeat until coupling is loose.

y^>WiVBMlWG^

Crush hazard
The centrifugal clutch is heavy and can fall, causing
injury, when loosened from the motor shaft.

1810993-02

71

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Dismantling of tlie coupling assembly.

a Remove the snap rings.

b Drive out the coupling hub.

Wooden support

. Support

c Turn the coupling the other way round and

drive out the ball bearings using the
mounting tool.

So
Always discard used bearings.

72

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.4 Actions Before

Assembly
3.4.1 Cleaning
Clean the separator parts according to the
diagram below. Afterwards, protect all cleaned
carbon steel parts against corrosion by oiling.
Part

Procedure

Cleaning agents

Frame and
motor

The external cleaning of the frame and motor should be

restricted to brushing, sponging or wiping while the motor is
running or still is hot.

Water and de-greasing agent.

Electrical hazard
Never wash down a separator with a direct water
stream.
Never play a water jet on the motor. Totally
enclosed motors can be damaged by direct hosing
to the same extent as open motors, resulting in
short-circuit and internal corrosion.
Clean the inside of the frame with a clean cloth and remove
visible particles.

1810993-02

73

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Part

Procedure

C l e a n i n g agents

Bowl

Cleaning of bowl discs

Inlet/ outlet

Handle the bowl discs carefully in order to avoid damage to

the surfaces during cleaning

A chemical cleaning agent must

dissolve the deposits quickly without
attacking the material of the separator
parts.

1 Remove the bowl discs from the distributor and place them
individually in the cleaning agent.
2 Allow the discs to remain in the cleaning agent until the
deposits have been dissolved. This will normally take
between two and four hours.
3 Lastly, clean the discs with a soft brush.

Fuel 0/7 sludge mainly consists of

complex organic substances such as
asphaltenes. The most important
property of a cleaning liquid for the
removal of fuel oil sludge is the ability to
dissolve these asphaltenes.

Cleaning of holder for operating slide, operating water

ring and operating slide with nozzle.
Use 10% acetic acid solution to dissolve lime deposits. The
acid should be heated to 80 C.
Clean the nozzle on the operating slide using a soft iron wire
or a similar object.

Cut hazard
Sharp edges on the separator
discs may cause cuts.

Driving device

Use a sponge or a soft brush and clean the oil orifice, bearing
holder and oil pump thoroughly

White spirit, cleaning-grade kerosene

or diesel oil.

Centrifugal
clutch

Use a sponge or a soft brush.

White spirit, cleaning-grade kerosene

or diesel oil.

Belt pulley

Use a a steel brush.

Solvent

74

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.4.2 Inspection for corrosion

Inspect the separator parts for corrosion.
Evidence of corrosion attacks should be looked
for and rectified each time the separator is
dismantled.
Max. 0,2 mm

Disintegration iiazards
Always contact your Alfa Laval representative if you
suspect that the depth of the corrosion damage
exceeds 0,2 mm for bowl body and bowl hood (0,5
for other parts) or if cracks have been found. Do not
continue to use the separator until it has been
inspected and given clearance for operation by Alfa
Laval.

Material

Type of corrosive
environment

Appearance

Measure

Non-stainless steel
and cast iron parts

Water or dampness

Rust

If damage exceeds 0,5 mm, contact

Alfa Laval.

Stainless steel

Ctilorides or acidic
solutions

Acidic solutions cause general

corrosion.

Polish dark-coloured spots and

other corrosion marks with a fine
grain emery cloth. This may prevent
further damage.

Chloride corrosion begins as small

dark spots that can be difficult to
detect, and goes on to local damage
such as pitting, grooves or cracks.

Other metal parts

"Aggressive"
environment

Possible corrosion damage can be

in the form of pits and/or cracks.

If damage exceeds 0,5 mm (0,2 mm

for bowl body and bowl hood)
contact Alfa Laval.
If damage exceeds 0,5 mm, contact
Alfa Laval.

A^V^AW^

Disintegration hazard
Pits and spots forming a line may indicate cracks
beneath the surface.
All forms of cracks are a potential danger and are
totally unacceptable.
Replace any part where corrosion can be
suspected of affecting its strength or function.

1810993-02

75

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.4.3 Inspection for cracks Ql^ 0 1 ^

Check the separator parts for cracks. It is
particularly important to inspect for cracks in
rotating parts, and especially the pillars between
the sludge ports in the bowl wall.

ys,vABWiwo^
Disintegration iiazard
All forms of cracks are potentially dangerous as they
reduce the strength and functional ability of
components.
Always replace a part if cracks are present.

Cracks can occur from cyclic material stresses

and corrosion. Keeping the separator and its
parts clean and free from deposits will help to
prevent corrosion attacks.

y^QWABW^
Disintegration iiazards
Always contact your Alfa Laval representative if you
suspect that the depth of the damage exceeds 0,2
mm for bowl body and bowl hood
(0,5 for other parts).
Do not continue to use the separator until it has
been inspected and given clearance for operation by
Alfa Laval.

76

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.4.4 Inspection for erosion u j p ^w

Erosion may occur when particles suspended
in the process liquid slide along or strike
against a surface.

Surfaces particularly subjected to erosion are:

Erosion is characterised by:

1 Burnished traces in the
material.
2 Dents and pits having a
granular and shiny surface.

The sealing edge of the

discharge slide.
Paring disc and paring tube

Lock ring
Bowl body and holder.

Pillars between the

sludge ports in the
bowl wall

Holder and operating slide

The underside of the distributor in the vicinity of the

distribution holes and wings

The sealing edge of the discharge

slide for the seal ring in the bowl
hood

Inspect the bowl and intet/outiet parts for

erosion damages.
HOTE
Always contact your Alfa Laval representative if you
suspect that the depth of the damage exceeds 0,2
mm for bowl body and bowl hood (0,5 for other
parts). Do not continue to use the separator until it
has been inspected and cleared for operation by
Alfa Laval.

1810993-02

77

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Replace parts if erosion is suspected.

y^VtfABWlW^

Disintegration hazard
Erosion damage weakens parts by reducing the
thickness of the material.
Pay special attention to the pillars between the
sludge ports in the bowl wall.
Replace parts if erosion is suspected of affecting
strength or function.

78

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.4.5 Exchange of frame feet

The frame feet have to be changed
occasionally due to rubber deterioration fromage.
When replacing the frame feet, the separator
must be lifted. Follow 3.8.1 Lifting the
separator, page 130.

M21
Discard the old frame feet, screws and washers.

a Loosen the bolts and prepare to remove

ttie separator frame

b Lift the separator. See "Lifting tiie separator" on

page 130

c Remove the existing frame feet.

d Fit the new feet, screws and washers. Tightening

torque: 160 Nm.

e Place the separator in its original position and

fasten the mounting bolts.

1810993-02

79

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.4.6 Lubrication of bowl parts

a Apply a thin layer of Molykote 1000, or equivalent
lubrication, on all the following contact surfaces. Apply
D321 on the operating slide and the bowl body, guide pin
and bowl hood.

/~>
r~j

80

= Molykote 1000
= D321 + Molykote 1000

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.4.7 How to lubricate bowl parts

with slide laquer

HOTE
This instruction is also valid for
the operating slide and the holder.

a Carefully clean the contact surfaces (1) on bowl body

and bowl hood.
b Apply Molykote D321 Ron surfaces.

c Air-cure for 15 minutes.

d Use a smooth fibre brush to polish to an even and
homogenous contact film.
e Apply a second layer slide laquer.
f Air-cure for 15 minutes.
g Polish the film to a shiny surface, the film should look
like well-polished leather when properly done.

h Finish the treatment by lubricating the contact surfaces

with Alfa Laval lubricating paste or Molykote 1000
paste. Use a well cleaned brush and rub it into the
surface, do not leave any excessive paste.

1810993-02

81

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.4.8 Check for galling on operating

slide and bowl body

If any friction marks are found on the guide surfaces (1)

of operating slide and bowl body, proceed as follows:

a Clean the surface thoroughly with a degreasing

agent, i.e. white spirit.
This is important!

WOTE
b Using an emery cloth (e.g. No. 320) to smooth the
metal edges.
c Finish by polishing the damaged spots with polishing
paper (e.g No. 600).

d Apply Molykote D321R on surfaces.

e Air-cure for 15 minutes.

f Polish to an even, homogenous surface.
g Apply a second layer.
h Air-cure for 15 minutes.
i

Polish to a shiny surface, the surface should look like

well-polished leather when properly done.

J Finish the treatment by lubricating the guiding surfaces

with Alfa Laval lubricating paste or Molykote 1000
paste. Use a well cleaned brush. Rub it into the
surface, do not leave any excessive paste.

82

1810993-02

To avoid the risk of galling, the

guiding surface of the operating
slide should be primed with a slide
lacquer at every inspection
service.

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.5 Assembly
3.5.1 Centrifugal clutch
1

Assembly of the coupling.

a Slip the belt pulley over the coupling hub and place them on a firm and level
foundation.

A^AB

Disintegration Hazard
If the belt pulley must be renewed, check that the new pulley has the
correct diameter. An incorrect pulley will cause the separator bowl to
run at either an excessive or insufficient speed.
d=292 mm 50 Hz
d=243 mm 60 Hz
Remove rust from the
belt pulley using a steel
brush.

b Apply a thin film of oil onto the

external and internal surfaces of the
ball bearings Q ^ .
Mounting tool
c Press the ball bearings down one at a time into the coupling
hub, preferably using a hydraulic press. Place the spacing
ring between them.

MOTE
Never re-fit used ball bearings.
The ball bearings must not be heated as they are
packed with grease and sealed with plastic
membranes.

Fit the snap rings.

1810993-02

83

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting the coupling to the motor.

a Clean the motor shaft and apply a
thin oil film.

Make sure that the

key is in place on the
motor shaft.

b Apply lubricating paste to the tool

threads (keep lubricated).

Remove the brass plug.

d Fasten the sleeve of the tool to the
motor shaft with the same screw that
normally holds the centrifugal clutch
to the motor.

MOTE
See mounting with optional hydraulic
puller tool (if purchased) on next
page.

e Use a spanner to turn the nut on the

tool. This will press the centrifugal
clutch on to the shaft. Remove the
tool.

f Install and tighten the

washer, spring washer and
screw.

Attach a socket with extension rod and handle to the screw.

Place a piece of wood according to the illustration. Push
the handle to start the rotor moving, when the handle hits
the piece of wood, the weight and movement of the rotor
tightens the screw.
Repeat until screw is fastened.

Piece of wood

84

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the coupling to the motor with optional hydraulic tool.

a Clean the motor shaft and
apply a thin oil film.

HOTE
Make sure that the
key is in place on the
motor shaft.

b Fit the sleeve to the

stud bolt.

c Screw the holder to

the coupling nave.

Fit the stud bolt with

sleeve to the motor
shaft.

d Fit hydraulic cylinder as

shown.

Hydraulic oil inlet.

e Fit the sleeve and

secure with the nut.

Motor shaft

Sleeve

Hydraulic
cylinder

f Attach the hose from the hand pump to the

hydraulic oil inlet.
Fit the friction coupling by pumping the
handle on the pump until stop.
Release pressure on the hand pump and
adjust the nut on the stud bolt.
Repeat procedure until coupling is
mounted. Note! The pressure on the hand
pump should not exceed 200 bar

g Remove the hydraulic tool.

h Install and tighten the

washer, spring washer and
screw.

Attach a socket with extension rod and

handle to the screw. Place a piece of
wood according to the illustration.

Piece of wood

Push the handle to start the rotor

moving, when the handle hits the piece
of wood, the weight and movement of
the rotor tightens the screw.
Repeat until screw is fastened.

1810993-02

85

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Assembly of friction bloci(s

4

Fitting the friction blocl<s.

Guide pin

a Fit the friction blocl^s onto the

guide pins

HOTE
50 Hz = 5 Friction blocks
60 Hz = 3 Friction blocks

Be sure that the pins on the

back of the blocks project into
the grooves in the clutch hub.

b Place the cover in position and secure it with

the snap ring.

Snap ring

Cover

86

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting tine motor.

a Fit a lifting sling to tlie motor.
Use a shackle from the
separator lifting tool.
Weight of motor with
coupling: approx. 80 kg.

y^VliVBHlWG^
b Lower the motor (while
supported) on to the
separator frame.
It will set on the ledge.

Crush hazard
If not supported, the motor with
coupling may drop when lifted.

c Fit the screws.

Do not tighten until the
belt has been mounted.

d Connect the electrical cables.

OTE
If carrying out change of friction blocks only,
continue with steps 6 to 7.
If carrying out a complete machine assembly,
continue with the driving device instructions on
page 90.

1810993-02

87

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting the flat belt.

MOTE
Clean the inside of the frame before fitting
the flat belt, and make sure that there is no
oil on the belt.

a Lift up the belt to the middle (centre) of the

spindle pulley.

MOTE
For correct position,
centre the belt on the
spindle pulley camber.
Clearance

b Fit the flat belt to the motor belt pulley.

c Tighten the two upper screws.

Tighten all motor attachment screws.

MOTE
Do not turn the spindle until the
motor is tightened properly to the
frame.

88

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the clutch cover.

b Tighten the screws.

a Fit the clutch cover.

1810993-02

89

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.5.2 Driving device

1

Fitting the bottom bearing holder.

MOtE

a Fit the wing insert, 0-rings

and strainer.

Clean the strainer and bearing

holder thoroughly before fitting
b Secure the wing insert
with the screw secured
c To secure the bottom
bearing holder into the
frame, apply Loctite
222 on the surfaces
directly above and
below the upper 0ring.

<* thread the bottom bearing

holder into the frame and fit
the tool into the bottom
bearing housing.

e Tighten the holder to a torque of 200 Nm.

90

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the labyrinth ring liolder.

i^

CH

tr:

Spread oil film on the

0-ring and fit it Q ^ .

b Lubricate and fit the

labyrinth ring Q ^ .

c Fit and seal the holder with Loctite 222. Fit

and tighten the screws.

1810993-02

91

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting the ball bearing and top bearing seat Q^ to the spindle.

a Heat the top bearing seat in oil to

maximum 125 C.

b Fit the ball bearing.

^vABt**e

B u m hazard
Use protective
gloves when
handling any heated
parts.

HOTE
Always fit a new bearing.
Pre-lubricate before fitting.

c Fit the snap ring.

^MlHlMG

Risk for e y e injury from flying snap ring

Use the correct pliers for assembly of snap ring to
avoid accidental release.

Puller

d Heat the top bearing seat

together with the bearing in oil to
maximum 125 C.

e Wipe off the spindle

and fit the top bearing
seat to the spindle
using the sleeve and
puller.

MOTE
Make sure to fit the bearing seat
correctly or it might get stuckl

92

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the top bearing housing.

a Fit the axial springs Q ^ to the top
bearing housing.

Axiai springs
b Carefully lower the bowl spindle.
Make sure that the springs enter the
recesses on the top bearing seat.

d Fit the compression springs E ^ and

plugs to the top bearing housing.
Do not tighten the plugs.
Make sure that the springs enter the
recesses in the top bearing seat.
The plugs should be tightened when
the spindle assembly is mounted into
the frame.

1810993-02

93

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the spindle pulley.

s Turn the spindle assembly
upside down.

b Wipe off tlie spindle pulley

seat on the spindle and nave
bore in the spindle pulley with
a dry cloth.

c Fit the spindle pulley

firmly on the bowl
spindle.

TJTE
At least 1 mm free space between
support and spindle assembly to
protect the bearing.
Mount the cap nut to protect the
threads and support the spindle.

Fitting the self-aligning roller bearing EJ^

a Heat the bearing in oil to maximum
125 "C.

MOTE
Always fit a new bearing.
Pre-lubricate before fitting.

VM***

B u m hazard
Use protective gloves when
handling the heated bearing.

94

1810993-02

Lower the bearing

onto the spindle
and press down
onto the spindle
pulley using the
special mounting
tool.

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting Vne oil pump.

a Fit O-ring onto lubrication oil orifice. Spread oil film on
0-ring.

c Lubricate all threads with a few

drops of oil before assembly.

b Push lubrication oil orifice into oil pump. Be sure to

line up tabs on orifice with slots in pump.

d Fit the oil pump (65 - 5 Nm) using

spanners.

HOTE
Clean the oil pump and make
sure that the bottom hole is not
clogged.

1810993-02

95

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting the fan

a Turn the spindle assembly up-side down.

HOTE
Ensure that the spindle is seated against
the inner ring of the ball bearing.

b Spread oil film on the 0-ring [Jj^ and

fit it into the fan.

HOTt
IVIake sure that the bearing
is pre lubricated before
fitting the fan.
c Place a spanner (or similar) on the spindle
pulley key-grip, as holder-up and fit the fan.
Tighten firmly, by hand, with the pin spanner.

Key-grip

Fitting tlie air deflector.

a Turn the spindle assembly up-side
down and fit the air deflector.

96

1810993-02

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

10 Lowering the spindle assembly into the frame.

a Turn the assembly and remove the cap nut from the spindle.
Fit the lifting tool to the spindle assembly and lift it.

^VABMll*G

Crush hazard
Do not rotate the spindle assembly during lifting. The spindle
assembly may otherwise come loose from the lifting tool.

MOTE
Check that the hole at the bottom of the oil pump is clean before
lowering the assembly down.

b Position the flat belt Q ^ so

that the spindle assembly can
pass through when lowering.
See note below.

Check the bottom hole.

c Carefully lower the spindle assembly and position

the bolt holes over the threaded frame holes.
Make sure that the bottom bearing, enters the
bottom bearing holder correctly Do not use force.

Space
Cut hazard
Do not put fingers between the frame and air
deflector while lowering the assembly.

d Fit and tighten the screws.

HOTE
Check the direction arrows on the belt and the
machine plate for correct position.
Make sure that the belt does not get smudged
with oil or grease during handling.
e Tighten the plugs firmly.

1810993-02

97

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

11 Fitting the flat belt,

HOTE
Clean the Inside of the frame before fitting
the flat belt, and make sure that there is no
oil on the belt.

a Lift up the belt to the middle (centre) of the

spindle pulley.

HOTE
For correct position,
centre the belt on the
spindle pulley camber.
Clearance

b Fit the flat belt to the motor belt pulley.

c Tighten the two upper screws.

Tighten all motor attachment screws.

"MSTE
Do not turn the spindle until the
motor is tightened properly to the
frame.

98

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

1 2 Fitting the necl<: bearing cover and deflector ring.

a Apply a thin layer of oil and fit the 0-rings and seal
ring in the lower groove Ejjj^ .

Deflector rinq

b Fit the neck bearing cover.

note
The guide pin on the cover should enter one of the
two holes in the bearing housing.

Neck bearing cover

c Push the deflector

down until it stops.

1810993-02

99

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

13 Fitting the operating water cover.

a Lubricate with oil and fit the seal

ring and 0-ring Q ^ into the
operating water cover

Renew the 0-ring

b Fit the operating water cover. Fit and
tighten the screws.

MOTE
The water pipe in the frame should
enter the hole in the cover.

14 Measuring the radial wobble of the bowl spindle.

a Fit a dial indicator in a support
and fasten it in position as
illustrated. Use the flat belt to
turn the spindle.

HOTE
Permissible radial wobble: max. 0,04
mm. If the spindle wobble exceeds
this value, contact an Alfa Laval
representative.

Max. 0,04 mm

100

1810993-02

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

1 5 Fitting the clutch cover.

b Tighten the screws.

a Fit the clutch cover.

1 6 Fill oil in the oil sump.

HOT6
a Remove the oil pin, plug and washer.

The separator should be level and at

standstill when oil Is filled.

b Fit new washer ^ ^ and refit the drain

plug,
c Fill with new oil until oil flows out from
the filler hole.
For correct oil volume see
"Lubricating oil volume" on page 14.

HOTE
For grade and quality of oil see
3.7.6 Lubricating oils, page 129
d Fit new 0-ring Q ^ onto the oil pin.
e Refit the plug with new washer Qjj^
f Fit the oil pin.

1810993-02

101

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.5.3 Bowl
1

Check for impact marks and corrosion in bowl

body nave and on spindle taper Qjj^ 0 ^
a Remove any impact marks using
a scraper and/or a wlietstone.

KpAtfTlOH

Disintegration hazard
Impact marks may cause the separator to
vibrate while running.

b Rust can be removed by using a

fine-grain emery cloth (e.g. No. 320).

c Finish with polishing paper (e.g. No. 600).

d Lubricate to prevent further corrosion.

Fitting new valve plugs on the operating slide

a Remove the valve plugs using

JL

^ '^'''

b Carefully tap in new valve plugs, using a

clean, soft-faced hammer.

note

Drift

IVIake sure that the plugs are fitted as

described in the illustration.

102

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the operating slide.

a Apply a thin layer of silicone grease and fit the

rectangular ring on the operating slide and the
rectangular ring and 0-ring on the bowl body

b Fit the operating slide.

HOTE

mf3

The guide pin in tlie bowl body

should enter the hole in the
operating slide (this hole is
marked with a drill mark).

Nozzle secured with Loctite 222

Alignment hole - ^
Operating slide

i ^

>^Wk

tJS

Bowl body Guide pin .

1^:

Fitting the operating slide holder.

a Fit the holder over the
operating slide.

b Apply a thin layer of molykote grease

and fit and tighten the screws to a
torque of m\n. 15 Nm and max. 20 Nm.

1810993-02

103

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting the operating water ring.

MOTE
a Fit the ring |
The discoloration on the ring is oxide protection.
Do not clean with abrasives.

Apply a thin layer of silicone grease

and fit the 0-ring QI^

c Fit the operating water ring.

^^^^t^^iXsristrf^

The drilled assembly mark on the water ring should

face the corresponding mark on the bowl body.

d Grease, fit and tighten the screws to a torque of

min. 15 Nm and max. 20 Nm.

104

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Lifting the bov\/l body onto the spindle taper,

a Put a drop of oil on the spindle taper.

b Wipe off the spindle taper and

nave bore with a dry cloth.
c Turn the bowl body over.

y^viMiH*Q^

Crush hazard
Support the bowl body when turning to
prevent it from rolling.

d Fit the lifting

tool and lift the
bowl body.

Carefully lower the bowl body

onto the spindle taper.

f Remove the lifting tool.

1810993-02

105

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting and tightening the cap nut.

a To prevent the bowl body from rotating
when fitting the cap nut; Fit one of the
clamps (see page 45) to the bowl body
and one of the screws for the frame
hood in the frame. Fasten a sling
between the clamp and the screw
around the bowl body.

b Apply a thin layer of

molykote grease. Fit and
tighten the cap nut to a
torque of 50 Nm.

Left-hand thread!

Sling

Screw

Clamp

Cap nut

106

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting tine discharge slide.

,a Apply a thin layer of silicone grease and

fit the rectangular ring Qjjj^ D ^

c Fit the lifting tool and

lower the discharge
slide into the bowl.
d Remove the tiffing tool.

Crush hazard
The ring on the lifting tool must be
pushed home against the discharge
slide, otherwise it may come loose
from the tool.

e Fit the nut.

f Fit the spanner for nut and

tighten the nut with a torque
wrench to a torque of min.
200 Nm.

g Remove the spanner for nut.

1810993-02

107

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Assembly of the disc stack.

a Fit the discs one by one onto the distributor.

The distributor has a guide rib for the correct
positioning of the bowl discs. Always end with
the disc without caulks.

^V*IVBHHG

The number of discs may have to be increased

to adjust the disc stack pressure. Always check
before operating the separator. See "Checking
the disc stack pressure" on page 114

l^i^
Cut h a z a r d
Sharp edges on the bowl discs may cause
cuts.

Recess on bowl disc

Guide rib on distributor

108

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

1 0 Fitting the disc stack assembly to the bow/I body

a Fit the lifting tool into the

distributor.

b Lower the disc stack into the bowl.

Guide pin on bowl
body

MOTE
The guide pin on the bowl body should face
the guide rib on the distributor.
The guide ribs inside the distributor then
enter the recesses on the bowl body nave.

Quide rib on
distributor

Guide ribs inside the distributor.

Recesses on the bowl body nave.

1810993-02

109

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

11 Assembling the paring tube |

-Tolerance ring

a Fit the 0-rings Qjl^ bearings

0 1 ^ and tolerance ring to the
paring tube.

1 2 Mounting the paring tube and fitting the inlet and outlet pipe.
a Insert the
paring tube
and mount
the axial
support to
the inlet and
outlet pipe.

b Mount the splash sealing

c Apply a thin layer of

silicone grease and fit
the 0-rings B I ^

110

1810993-02

d Carefully lower the

inlet and outlet pipe
assembly into the
top of the distributor.

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

1 3 Fitting the top disc,

b Lower the top disc

The guide rib on the

distributor should enter
one of the two larger
recesses on the top disc

a Move the paring tube

to the centre.

MOtE
To avoid damaging
the paring tube, turn
it towards tlie centre
of the pipe.

'

1810993-02

111

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

14 Fitting tine bowl hood.

a Apply a thin layer of silicone grease and fit the

0-ring Qjjj^ E>

b Fit the seal ring Q p | 3 ^ Press

the ring down evenly until bulges
appear

c Carefully tap down the bulges crosswise with a soft

rubber nnallet, until the ring is completely fitted.

d Fit the connpressing tool and attach

lifting eyes. Lower the bowl hood so that
its recess fits into the guide pin in the
bowl body.

Recess on bowl hood

Guide pin on bowl body

e Remove the compressing tool

112

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

15 Fitting the loGi< ring.

Place the lock ring on the bowl hood

with its guide pin close to the
corresponding hole in the bowl
body.

note
Make sure that the groove in
the bowl body which retains
the lock ring is clean.

Fit the complete compressing

tool and compress the disc stack
by alternately turning the screws
a maximum of 40 Nm at a time
until the lock ring fits into the
bowl body. The lock ring is
correctly fitted when the lock ring
ends are facing each other.

Check that the lock ring is

correctly positioned all way
around!

For correct disc stack pressure

see page 114

c Release the
pressure on the
compressing
tool and
remove it.

MOti
Never remove
any material
from the lock
ring. A
hazardous
situation could
result.

Lock ring
Bowl hood

Bowl body

Before compressing

Lock ring in position

1810993-02

113

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

16 Checking the disc stack pressure |

a Remove bowi hood, top disc and inlet and outlet pipe.

b Add one disc to the disc stack.

c Refit the disc without caulks, the top disc
and bowl hood.
d Fit the lock ring and fully compress
the disc stack with the compressing
tool.

MOTE
Do not use more power than 50
A/m/screw at a time, alternately.

Always refit the disc

without caulks on top
of the disc stack!

e If the lock ring enters the groove,

repeat a-d until the lock ring does
not enter the groove.

114

Dismantle the bowl and remove

one disc to get the correct disc
stack pressure.

1810993-02

g Assemble the bowl with

inlet and outlet pipe.

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.5.4 Frame hood

1

Fitting tlie frame hood Ql^ B ^

a Turn the paring tube so that the frame hood can
pass the paring tube.
b Apply a thin layer of siiicone grease and
fit the 0-ring onto the frame hood

Make sure that the frame

hood is mounted in its
correct position
according to the piping
arrangement.

c Lower the frame hood.

d Fit and tighten the

screws.

IVIal<e sure to fit the frame hood

groove and the projection of the
pipe.

1810993-02

115

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE. DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Control measurement of paring disc height

f^

Remove the safety

screw.

Quantity washers

Quantity heigtit
adjusting rings

26 0 , 5

25 0,5

24 0,5

mm
b Measure the distance A.
Add or remove height
adjusting rings and washers
according to the table.

Height adjusting
rings
Support ring

Frame hood

Bowl hood

116

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Fitting the spring Q ^ and arm.

a Fit the spring on ttie arm

and fit the arm to the top
of the paring tube end.

Paring tube

Arm

Fit the spring to the pin

on the frame hood and
mal^e sure that it is
properly attached on
both ends.

1810993-02

117

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Fitting tlie connection housing.

a Fit the connection housing over
the inlet/outlet pipe.

Make sure that the screw, on top of

the frame hood, enters the guide
hole at the underside of the
connecting housing.

b Fit the washer and the lock

nut using the hook spanner.

118

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.5.5 U n b a l a n c e sensor (option)

1

Fitting the unbalance sensor holder.

a Remove the cover.

Sensor holder.

Sensor arm

Frame
Screw M8
M10

b Fit the 0-ring on the holder.

Fit the screw into the holder and
mount the holder into the
separator frame.

note

0-ring
V_

If removing the sensor holder;

use a MIO screw as a puller.

OtE
See next page for fitting and
correct adjustment of the sensor.

1810993-02

119

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Adjusting the unbalance sensor

a Fit the sensor into the holder Do not forget the nut.

/
(

.^
.*
-;

b Adjust the sensor so that a value of 1,5 appears on the display.

*
-c

'.

-'
"

Nut
Sensor

Nut,
- + = brown or red
- J = black or white

(G)24VDC

- OV = blue

C When correct distance is achieved tighten the nut

against the holder
Fit the cover (see previous page).

Adjustment value for the sensor is; 12 mA 1 mA.

For more details see 2.3 Connecf/on L/sf, page 75and 752
Unbalance sensor (option)., page 22.

120

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.5.6 Speed sensor

1

Adjusting the speed sensor

a Adjust the speed sensor according to the illustration.
b Fit the sensor to the frame, see 1.4 Sensors, page 8.

102 0,1

rf

"lyH

-^n

-
n

IT-T

IJ-J

1810993-02

1\]\

UL

121

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.6 Actions After Assembly

3.6.1 Control of machine plates and
safety labels Qj^
Alta Laval ref. 561498 rev. 3

Check that the following signs are attached.

Machine plate

Space for label indicating representative.

Safety label.

^_ 2

l
.

ni.
^

Lifting instructions
Space for
additional label as
specified.

50Hz
Oil type plate
Indicating direction of rotation of tiorizontal driving device.

122

1810993-02

60Hz

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

Check legibility. Following texts should be read on the labels.

Separator
Manufacturing serial No. / Year
Product No.
In and outlet device
Bowl
Machine bottom part
Max. speed (bowl)
Direction of rotation (bowl)
Speed motor shaft
El. current frequency
Recommended motor power
Max. density of feed
Max. density of sediment
Max. density of operating liquid
Process temperature min./max.

xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx

K xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
X x x x x XXX.

XXXXJOOtXX.

WARNING
Read the instruction manuals before installation, operation and maintenance.
Consider inspection inten/als.
XXX XXX X XXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXX,

XKXXKXX/XXX XX

Failure to strictly follow instructions can lead to fatal injury.

If excessive vibration occurs, stop separator and keep bowl filled with liquid
during rundown.
Out of balance vibration will become worse if bowl is not full.
Separator must stop rotating before any dismantling work is started.

^AJtaLnri

Read instruction manual before lifting.

m k
9

2..
o

&.

"-=""

1810993-02

123

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.7 Oil Change

The separator should be level and at
standstill when oil is filled or the oil level is
checked.

3.7.1 Lubricating oil

Do not mix different oil brands.
Always use clean vessels when handling lubricating oil.
Great attention must be paid not to contaminate the lubricating oil. Of
particular importance is to avoid mixing of different types of oil. Even a
few drops of motor oil mixed into a synthetic oil may result in severe
foaming.
Any presence of black deposits in a mineral type oil is an indication that
the oil base has deteriorated seriously or that some of the oil additives
have precipitated. Always investigate why black deposits occurs.
If changing from one oil brand to another it is recommended to do this
in connection with an overhaul of the separator. Clean the gear housing
and the spindle parts thoroughly and remove all deposits before filling
the new oil.
HOT6
Always clean and dry parts (also tools) before lubricants are applied.

KCAOTIOH

Check the oil level before start. Top up when necessary.

Oil volume = see "Technical Data".

It is of utmost importance to use the lubricants recommended in our

documentation.
This does not exclude, however, the use of other brands, provided they
have equivalently high quality properties as the brands recommended.
The use of oilbrands and other lubricants than recommended, is done
on the exclusive responsibility of the user or oil supplier.

Applying, handling and storing of lubricants

Always be sure to follow lubricants manufacturer's instructions.

124

1810993-02

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.7.2 Check oil level

f

Remove the oil pin and make sure that the oil
level is above the lower hole in the oil pin.

3.7.3 Oil change procedure

1

Remove the oil pin, plug and washer.

Place a vessel under the drain plug.

Remove the drain plug.

y^CjVUTlOW^

Oil fill

B u m hazard
The lubricating oil and various machine surfaces can
be sufficiently hot to cause burns.

Plug and washer

Oil drain plug

Collect the oil in the vessel.

Fit and tighten the drain plug.

Fill with new oil until oil flows out of oil filler
hole.
MOTE
See 3.7.6 Lubricating oils, page 129.
HOTE

Fit the washer and the oil filling plug. Tighten

the plug.

Fit the oil pin.

1810993-02

For Inspection service procedures; See

"Fill oil in the oil sump." on page 101.

125

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.7.4 Lubrication chart

Alfa Laval ret 567329-01, rev. 1

Bowl (3), Rubber seal rings (4)

Electric motor (6)

Bowl spindle taper (2)

Buffers (3)

Bowl spindle and bearings (1)

Friction clutch bearings (5)

Lubricating-points

Type of lubricant

The oil bath. Bowl spindle bearings

are lubricated by oil mist from the oil
bath.

See 3.7.1 Lubricating oil, page 124

Oil change:
Volume: 2.2 Technical Data, page 14 1. Continous operation: 4000 hours
Ambient temperature 0 to +55C
2. Seasonal operation:
before every operating period
3. Short periods operation:
12 months even if total numbers of
operating hours is less than stated
above

Bowl spindle taper.

Lubricating oil, only a few drops for

rust protection.

At assembling

Bowl: Sliding contact surfaces, thread

of lock nut and cap nut.

Pastes specified in 3.7.5Lubricants,

page 127

At assembling.

Rubber seal rings.

Grease as specified in 3.7.5

Lubricants, page 127

At assembling

Friction clutch bearings.

The bearings are pre-lubricated with

grease.

No need for extra lubrication.

Electric motor.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions.

Follow the manufacturer's instructions.

OTE

^CAUTlOt*

Check and pre lubricate new spindle bearings and

those that have been out of service for one month or
longer.
If not otherwise specified, follow the suppliers
instructions about applying, handling and storing of
lubricants.

126

Interval

1810993-02

Check the oil level before start.

Top up when necessary.
Do not overfill.

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.7.5 Lubricants
Alia Laval rei. 553217-01 rev. 8

Pastes for non-food applications:

note
The data in below tables is based on supplier
information in regards to lubrication properties.
Trade names and designations might vary from
country to country, contact your local supplier for
more information.
Brands with Alfa Laval article numbers are approved
and recommended for use.

Manufacturer

Designation

Fuchs Lubritech

Gleitmo 805 K
Gleitmo 705 K

Dow Corning

Molykote 1000 (Paste)

Molykote 1000 (Paste)
Molykote G-rapid plus
(Paste)

Rocol

Antiscuffing (ASP) (Paste)

Kluber

Wolfracoat C (Paste)

Alfa Laval No.

537086-02 (1000 g)
535586-01 (too g)
535586-02 (50 g)

Bonded coatings
Manufacturer

Designation

Fuchs Lubritech

Gleitmo 900 (Varnish or

spray)

Dow Corning

Molykote D321R (Spray)

535586-01 (300 ml)
Molykote D321R (Varnish) 535586-02 (60 ml)

Alfa Laval No.

1810993-02

127

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Silicone grease for rubber rings

Manufacturer

Designation

Alfa Laval No.

Dow Corning

Molykote 111 (Compound)

Molykote 111 (Compound)

539474-02 (100 g)
539474-03 (25 g)

Fuchs Lubritech

Gleitmo 750

Kluber

Unisilkon L 250 L

Wacker

Silicone P (Paste)

Greases for ball and roller bearings:

HOTE
Always follow the specific recommendation for
lubrication as advised by the manufacturer.

Manufacturer

Designation

BP

Energrease MM-EP2
Energrease LS2

Castro!

APS 2 Grease
EPL2

Chevron

Duralith grease EP2

Elf

Epexa 2

Esso/Exxon

Beacon EP2
Unirex N2

Mobil

Mobilith SHC 460

iVIobilux EP2

Gulf

Gulf lex MP2

Q8/Kuwait Petroleum

Rembrandt EP2

Shell

Albida Grease EP2

Alvania EP Grease 2

SKF

LGEP2orLGIVIT2

Texaco

Multitak AFB 2

128

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

3.7.6 Lubricating oils

Alfa Laval ref. 567330-01, rev. 1

Paraffinic mineral lubricating oil, category

(ISO-L-) HM 68.
Viscosity grade (ISO-3448/3104) VG 68.
The oil shall follow the requirements in one of
the standards below.
Standard

Designation

DIN 51524 part 2 (German standard)

DIN51524-HLPorHVLP68

ISO 11158 (International standard)

ISO-L-HM or HV 68

The following is the list of recommended oil

brands. Trade names and designations might
vary from country to country. Please contact your
local oil supplier for more information.
Manufacturer

Designation

Alfa Laval

567334-01

1 litre

567334-02

4 litres

BP

Bartran 68
Bartran HV 68

Castrol

Hyspin AWS 68
Hyspin AWH 68

Chevron

Hydraulic oil AW 68

Esse / Exxon

Nuto H 68
Univis N 68

Mobil

DTE 26 (ISO VG 68)

DTE 16 (ISO VG 68)
DTE16M(ISOVG68)

Shell

TellusOil 68
Tellus Oil S 68
Tellus Oil T 68

Statoil

HydraWay HMA 68
Hydra Way HVX 68

Total Fina Elf

Azolla ZS 68
Lubmarine Visga 68

The list of recommended oil brands is not complete. Other oil brands may
be used as long as the follow the above standards and have equivalent
high quality as the brands recommended. The use of other lubricants
than recommended is done on the exclusive responsibility of the user or
oil supplier.

1810993-02

129

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3.8 Lifting instructions

3.8.1 Lifting the separator

Weight to lift 320 kg

Sling length: Min. 750 mm

Fasten all four bolts. Tightening

torque 35 - 45 Nm

Remove the inlet and outlet device, the frame

hood and the bowl according to the
instructions in 3.3 Dismantling, page 39.
OTE
Never lift or transport the separator with the bowl
still inside.

Disconnect all connections.

Fit the lifting tool (not included in set of tools).

All four bolts on the lifting tool must be
fastened to the frame.

Unscrew the foundation bolts.

Use two lifting slings to lift the separator. Total

length of each loop: minimum 1,5 metres.

130

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

3 SEPARATOR SERVICE, DISMANTLING, ASSEMBLY

When lifting and moving the separator, follow

normal safety precautions for lifting large
heavy objects.
KWABHIHG

Crush hazards
A falling separator can cause accidents resulting
in serious injury and damage.
Never lift the separator by any other method than
described in this manual.

note
When lifting parts without weight specifications,
always use lifting straps with the capacity of at
least 500 kg.

3.8.2 Lifting t h e b o w l
When lifting and moving an assembled bowl,
always follow these instructions.
1

Fit the lifting tool with lifting eyes to the bowl

assembly.

Check that the lock ring is mounted correctly

before lifting the complete bowl.

Lift the bowl using a sling with the proper

rating.

Weight to lift 50 kg

Tightening torque 35 - 45 Nm

HOtE
Never try to lift the bowl while it is still in the frame.
The bowl body is fastened to the frame with the
cap nut.

1810993-02

Make sure that

lock ring is fitted.

131

4 CHANGE OF CIRCUIT BOARD

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

Change of Circuit Board

If a circuit board has to be changed, proceed as

follows:
Note down the run time (days only) as shown in
the function list of the EPC 50.
Change the board according to the instructions
below.
Go to parameter Fa 90, and insert the run time.

OP-Board

Switch power off.

Remove the snap-in transparent cover.

Disconnect the two cable plugs (do not

remove the cables from the plugs).

Disconnect the flatcable connector at the top.

Unscrew the five hexagon nuts.

Mount the new board, and connect in reverse

order.

I/O-Board

Switch power off.

If there is no optional board installed:

Disconnect all the cable plugs on the large

board (do not remove the cables from the
plugs).

Unscrew the hexagon nuts. Take care to note

where the special nuts for optional board(s)
are located.

Mount the new board, and connect in reverse

order.

132

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

4 CHANGE OF CIRCUIT BOARD

If one or more optional board is installed:

Switch power off.

Disconnect the cable plug(s) on the optional

board (do not remove the cables from the
plug(s)).

Disconnect the flatcable connector at the top.

Unscrew the three hexagon nuts.

Note the position of the board and remove the

board.

Disconnect all the cable plugs on the large

board (do not remove the cables from the
plugs).

Unscrew the hexagon nuts. Take care to note

where the special nuts for optional board(s)
are located.

Mount the new board in the same position as

the old, and connect in reverse order.

MT-Board
Switch power off.
Disconnect the cable plug (do not remove the
cables from the plug).
Disconnect the centrally connected cable.
Unscrew the four screws holding the board
and lift out the board.
Mount the new board, and connect in reverse
order.
Check that the central hexagon nut is properly
tightened.

1810993-02

133

4 CHANGE OF CIRCUIT BOARD

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

4.1 Circuit Board

Temperatures
Circuit board temperature information can be
read as follows:

Set Pr 7 = 2.

Push '+' and '-' at the same time ('Standst.'

now shows on the display).

Push '-'

The actual temperature, max. temperature, and

the number of times the temperature has been
above 70 C for the transducer scrolls across the
display.

For further circuit board temperatures, push

the '-' button.

To leave the list push the'+' and the '-' buttons

at the same time.

Reset Pr 7 = 0.

134

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

5 CLEANING IN PLACE

Cleaning in Place

The use of Cleaning In Place (CIP)

equipment is recommended for best
separation results. For further information
concerning the CIP equipment, see the CIP
booklet, bookno. 1817261.
Before connecting the CIP equipment to the
Separation Unit, the switch on the control
cabinet must be turned to the CIP position.
This is so that oil is not accidentally pumped
when the pipeline is opened up.

5.1 Cleaning in Place,

Separator
1

Remove the pipe connecting plate with pipes

from the separator.

Attach the CIP equipment as shown in the

illustration.

HOTL
The top outlet on the CIP unit should be connected to
the top inlet on the separator.
The middle inlet on the CIP unit should be connected
to the middle oil outlet on the separator.
The lower CIP inlet should be connected to the lower
water outlet on the separator.

1810993-02

135

5 CLEANING IN PLACE

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

5.2 Cleaning in Place,

Heatpac CBM Heater
For systems including a Heatpac CBM heater,
cleaning in place of the heater should be carried
out circa every 6 months, or according to
experience. Cleaning in place of the heater
should also be carried out in the event of a
pressure drop increase greater than 0.3 - 0.5 bar
(which indicates that the heater is beginning to
clog).
We recommend that you use Alfa Laval cleaning
liquids. These are specially suitable for the
materials used in the Heatpac CBM heater.
Liquids that are corrosive to copper or stainless
steel, for example hydrochloric acid, phosphoric
acid, or nitric acid, must not be used.

y^^MW^
Bum hazard
Shut off the oil flow and the heating medium flow
before starting maintenance work.

^^WABMWIG

Corrosion hazard
Pay strict attention to the safety instructions for the
cleaning liquid used.

HOTE
Use only specified cleaning liquids. Other cleaning
agents may corrode the metal surfaces.

136

1810993-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

5 CLEANING IN PLACE

Proceed as follows:
1

Close the valves before and after the heater,

Open the heater drain valve until oil remaining

in the heater has drained.

Close the drain valve.

Loosen the turnable connections before and

after the heater. Turn the connections 90 so
that the'special CIP connections can be
connected.

Connect the CIP equipment. The top inlet on

the CIP unit should be connected to the oil
outlet on the heater. The hose from the heater
inlet should be inserted into the tank and
secured with the help of the cover.
MOTE
The middle and lower CIP unit outlets must be
closed.

Clean with CIP fluid.

Flush with water

After cleaning:
1

Open the heater drain valve until the flushing

water has drained.

Close the drain valve.

Remove the CIP connections.

Return the turnable connections to their

former positions and re-tighten.

Re-open the valves before and after the

heater.

1810993-02

137

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SERVICE MANUAL

5 CLEANING IN PLACE

5.3 Cleaning in Place,

Separator and Heater
Connect the CIP equipment as shown in the
illustration. Proceed with cleaning as described
above.

138

1810993-02

Oil outlet

Water outlet

SA 836 Separation

System

Spare Parts Catalogue

Product No.

567889-03

Book No.

1811025-02 V 1

Separator Part No.

881202-02-03

Printed

Sep 2004

^^K7^^^

Spare Parts Catalogue

Catalogo parti di ncambio

Reservdel skatal og

Catalogo de pecas
sobressalentes

Ersatzteilkatalog
Catalogue de pieces de
rechange
Catalogue de piezas de
recambio
Kaia/ior sanacHbix
Hacren

Varaosaluettelo
KaTaoyoQ
avTaA..aKTLK)v

Reserveonderdelencatalogus
Reservedelskatalog

Contents
Separator
1.1
1.2
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
1.10
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17

Machine bottom part

Driving device vertical
Separator bowl
Inlet and outlet device
Belt driving device
Centrifugal clutch
Set of plates
Monitoring kit
Cover interlocking kit
Set of tools
Lifting tool
Inspection kit
Overhaul kit
Support kit
Hydraulic tool kit
Hydraulic components
Hydraulic tool

Ancillary Equipment
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
2.6
2.7
2.8
2.9
2.10
2.11
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
2.16
2.17
2.18

Valve block water

Spare parts kit, valve block
water
Valve block air
Spare parts kit, valve block
air
Valve block oil
Water transducer
Spare parts kit, pneumatic
3-way valve
Connection kit, oil
Sludge outlet kit
Butterfly valve
Spare parts, EPC 50 Control
Unit
EPC 50 Control unit
Starters
Separator starter kits, basic
and4A-32A
Separator starter kits,
32A - 63A
Pump starter kits,
0.4A - 16.0A
ESD-relay kit
Motor trip contact kit

Index

8
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
.32
34
36
38
40

42
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
58
60
62
64
64
65
66
66
67
67

70
1811025-02

1811025-02

Read this first

en

Check the machine unit number on the name-plate before using this catalogue

sv

Kontrollera maskinenhetens nummer p maskinskylten innan du anvnder katalogen

de

Das Typenschild - ein Hinweis zur korrekten Ersatzteilnummer

fr

La plaque de la machine, un guide pour trouver le numro de piece de rechange correct

es

La placa-marca de la maquina - gui'a del nmero correcto del repuesto

ru

ctJupMeHHafi laJiMHKa MamuHbi - yKasaienb npasmiHoro HOMepa sanacHoii sacTH

it

La targhetta della macchina - guida al corretto numero del ricambi

pt

A placa do fabricante da mquina - um guia do nmero correto das partes sobressalentes

fi

Konekilpi - opastin oikeaan varaosanumeroon

Gi

H nivoKiSa xriq [irixaviiq sivai o oSriYq TOU acoaxou avTctAXaKTiKo

ni

Het gegevensplaatje - een wegwijzer naar het juiste onderdeelnummer

da

Typeskiltet - en guide til det rette reservedelsnummer

en
Safeguard your commitment to quality by always using genuine Alfa
Laval spare parts.
Remember, Alfa Laval cannot accept responsibility for the failure of a
separator equipped with non-original spare parts. We guarantee the
quality and reliability of our products.

Flj ditt kvalitetstnkande genom att endast anvnda Alfa Laval

originalreservdelar.
Kom ihg att Alfa Laval inte tar ngot ansvar for fei p en separator,
som innehller icke-originaldelar. Vi garanterar kvaliteten och
driftskerheten endast hos vara egna produkter.

de
Aus Rcksicht auf Ihr Bestreben um beste Qualitt sollten Sie nur Alfa
Laval Originalersatzteile benutzen.
Vergessen Sie nicht, Alfa Laval kann keine Verantwortung fr das
Versagen eines Separators bernehmen, der nicht mit
Originalersatzteilen versehen ist. Wir garantieren Qualitt und
Zuverlssigkeit unserer Produkte.

Prservez la qualit de vos equipments en n'employant que des

pieces de rechange Alfa Laval.
N'oubliez pas q'Alfa Laval decline toute responsabilit en cas de
panne d'un sparateur non quip de pieces de rechange d'origine.
Nous garantissons la qualit et la fiabilit de nos produits.

B
Mantenga su compromiso con la calidad, al usar siempre piezas de
repuesto Alfa Laval autnticas.
Recuerde que Alfa Laval no acepta responsabilidad por el fallo de
una separadora equipada con piezas de repuesto no originales.
Garantizamos la calidad y fiabilidad de nuestros productos.

B
FapaHTupyMTe HaflexHOCTb KanecTBa Bcerfla ncnonbaypi
noAHMHHbie aanacHbie nacTn c|DnpMbi Alfa Laval.
3anoMHMTe, HTO Alfa Laval He Hecei oTBercTBeHHOCTn aa
noBpexfleHne cenaparopa, ocHameHHoro HenofljinHHbiMH
aannacTaMM. Mbi rapaHTnpyeM Kanecibo M HaAe)KHOCTb naiunx
\A3Renm.

Salvaguardate la vostra garanzia di qualit facendo sempre uso di

parti di ricambio Alfa Laval autentiche.
Tenete presente che la Alfa Laval non puo accettare responsabilita
per avaria ad un separatore attrezzato con parti di ricambio non
originali. Nol garantiamo la qualit l'affidabilit del nostri prodotti.

Proteja o seu cometimento a qualidade usando sempre pegas

sobressalentes genuinas Alfa Laval.
No esquega que Alfa Laval no aceita responsabilidade por falha de
uma separadora equipada com pefas sobressalentes no genuinas.
NS garantimos a qualidade e a confianga dos nossos produtos.

ra
Varmistakaa vastuunne laadusta kyttmll aina alkuperisi Alfa
Laval varaosia.
Muistakaa, Alfa Laval ei vol hyvksy vastuuta ei-alkupersill
varaosilla varustetun separaattorin vaurioista. Me takaamme
tuotteidemme laadun ja kyttvarmuuden.

E^aacpaXCoTC uiiJtiArj noixriTa xPICfiponoivTac; pvo yvnaia

avTaWcKTiK xn; Alfa Lava!.
'ExETE unipriv xi ri Alfa Laval 5EV avaXaiacivEi Koppi EuSvri yia
EQ ouxupoprixavTiq, oxr|v onoia xouv scpapnoaxEi [ir\ yviiaia
avxaWQKxiK. EvYupaaxE noixnxa KQI KoAri AEixoupyia pvo
yia xa IK paq npoivxa.

Street naar een zo hoog mogelijke kwaliteit en gebruik uitsluitend

originele Alfa Laval reserveonderdelen. Street naar een zo hoog
mogelijke kwaliteit en gebruik uitsluitend originele Alfa Laval
reserveonderdelen.
Vergeet niet dat Alfa Laval niet verantwoordelijk is voor een defecte
separator die niet-originele onderdelen bevat. Wij garanderen de
kwaliteit en betrouwbaarheid van onze eigen Produkten.

da
Hold Dem til den kvalitet, De har valgt at satse p, ved altid at
anvende gte Alfa Laval reservedele.
Husk, at Alfa Laval ikke kan ptage sig noget ansvar for fejl p en
separator, som indeholder uoriginale dele. Vi kan kun garantere
kvalitet og driftsikkerhed p vore egne produkter.

Translation list
versttningslista
berzetsungsliste
Liste de traduction
Lista de traducciones

[en]
[Link].

1 [svj
i Reservdelsnummer

Teil-Nr.

Numero de piece

Pieza No.

Qty

Antal

Anzahl

Quantit

Cantidad

Description

Benmning

Bezeichnung

Denomination

Descripcion

Anmrkningar

Anmerkungen

Remarques

Notas

Notes

Machine type

| Maskintyp

Maschinentyp

Type de machine

Tipo de mquina

Product no.

' Produktnr

Produktnummer

Numero de produit

Nijmero de producto

Machine unit
description

Maskinblocksbenmning
1

Bezeichnung des
Maschinenblocks

Denomination de partie
de machine

Descripcion de seccion
de la mquina

Maskinblocksnr

Maschinenblock Nr.

Partie de machine n^

No. de seccion de
mquina

Bezeichung der
Untergruppe

Denomination de
sous-ensemble

Descripcion de
subconjunto

Untergruppe Nr.

N' de sous-ensemble

Numero de subconjunto

Machine unit no.

Subassembly
description
Subassembly no.

' Undergruppsbenmning

Undergruppsnr

1
See page

Se sidan

Siehe Seite

Voir page

Vase la pagina

Fig. ref.

Figurhanvisning

Bildhinweise

Rf. de fig.

Referenda de figura

Product name

Produktnamn

Produktname

Nom du produit

Nombre del producto

Exchange necessitates
rebalancing of bowl

Utbyte ndvndiggr
ombalansering av kulan

Austasch erfordert
Wiederauswuchtung der
Trommel

Le remplacement
ncessite le
rquilibrage du bol

El racmbio requiere el
reequilibrado del rotor

See separate spare

parts list

Se separat
reservdelslista

Siehe separate
Ersatzteilliste

Voir liste spare des

pieces de rechange

Vase la lista de piezas

se parada

Not delivered as spare

part

Levereras ej som
reservdel

Nicht als Ersatzteil

geliefert

Non livre comme piece

de rechange

No se entrega como
pieza de recambio

Translation list
C/iOBapb nepesAa
Lista traduzioni
Lista para tradu9o
Knnsluttelo

Part no.

fleranb Ne

[Link].

Numero de peca

Varaosanumero

Qty

KO/l-BO

Quantita

Quantidade

Lukumr

Description

HanMeHOBaHne

Descrizione

Descricao

Nimitys

Notes

npuMenaHUH

Note

Notas

Huomautuksia

iMachine type

MaiuMHa THna

Tipo macchina

Tipo de maquina

Konetyyppi

Product no.

ApiMKyji Ms

[Link]

No. do produto

Tuotteen no

lUiachine unit
description

HanMeHOBaHne 5noKa
MaUJklHbl

Nr. unita macchina

Descricao da unidade da
maquina

Koneenosan nimitys

iUlachine unit no.

E/10K MaiuviHbi Ns

Descrizione sottogruppo

Numero de unidade da
maquina

Koneenosan no

Subassembiy
description

HanMeHOBaHne rpynnw

Descrizione unita
macchina

Descriao do subconjunto

Alaryhmn nimitys

Subassembly no.

rpynna Ns

Nr. sottogruppo.

Ntimero de subconjunto

Alaryhmn no

See page

C M . cTpaHMuy

Vedi pagina

Vase la pagina

Kssivu

Fig. ret.

CcbmKa Ha 3CKI/I3

Rif. fig.

Referencia de figura

Kuvavilte

Product name

HakiMeHOBBHMe
apTMKyna

Nome prodotto

Nombre del producto

Tuotteen nimi

Exchange necessitates
rebalancing of bowl

SaMBHa Tpe6yeT
6a/iaHCMpoBKM 5apa6aHa

La sostituzione comporta
la iequilibratura del
tamburo

El racmbio requiere el
reequilibrado del rotor

Vaihdettaessa kuula
tasapainoitettava
uudelleen

See separate spare

parts list

C M . OTflenbHbiki
nepeneHb sanacHbix
nacTe

Vedi lista separata delle

parti dl ricambio

Vase la lista de piezas

separada

Katso erillist
varaosaluetteloa

Not delivered as spare

part

He nocTBBneHa BMecre c
sanacHbiMbi MacTnMki

Non fornito come parte di

ricambio

No se entrega como
pieza de recambio

Ei toimiteta varaosana

Translation list
rAQZZAPI
Vertaallijst
Oversttelseliste

ra

Part no.

Api^oc; avxaXXaKTiKOiJ

Onderdeelnr.

Reservedelsnummer

Qty

lvoXo

Hoeveelheid

Antal

Description

riepiYpacpTi

Beschrijving

Betegnelse

Notes

napatriptiaeic;

Opmerkingen

Bemaerkninger

Machine type

Tnoc; MnxavrjiJaToc;

Machinetype

Maskintype

Product no.

Api9p6c; npoiovToq

Produktnr.

Produktnr.

Machine unit
description

Machineblokbenaming
nepLYpacpii
, cuYKpoTiinaToc; ^lr^Xavl^c;

Masklnbetegnelse

Machine unit no.

Api6|j6q uYKpoTiiiJaToc;
Mnxaviic;

Machineblokbenamning

Maskinnr.

Subassembly
description

nepiYpatpii
unoauYKpoTiinaToc;

Subgroepbenamning

Undergruppsbetegnelse

Subassembly no.

Aptnoq
unoouyKpoTiipaToc;

Subgroepnr.

Undergruppenr.

See page

BXne aeMa

Zie biz.

Se side

Fig. ref.

riapanount^ ae ELKOVQ

Afb. ref.

Figurhenvisning

Product name

OvoiaaaCa npotvroc;

Produktnaam

Produktnavn

Exchange necessitates
rebalancing of bowl

AvTaXXoYn anaiTEi
enavappniari
laopponCaq xou
Tunnavou

Vervangning vereist
lierbalanceren van de
kogel

Udskriftning kraever ny
afbalcering at kuglen

See separate spare

parts list

BXne EIIKI^ Xixa

avTaXXaKTiKcjv

Vervangning vereist van

de kogel

Se spaat reservedelsliste

Not delivered as spare

part

Aev napaSiSetai wq
aviaXXaKTiK

Niet geleverd als

reserveonderdeel

Levereres ikke som

reservedel

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

Separator

1.1 Machine bottom part

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description
Ref

Part No

572704
-01

Description

Notes
Quantity

1
562993 80 Frame bottom part
1A
2522302 09 Square plug
2
560131 02 Frame support
3
70490
Washer
4
2210462 32 Screw
5
552766 07 Washer
. '52635004 pitjg
6
;
7. .
-565378 01 Plug
223404 05 O-ring
8
9
571743 80 Oil pin
10
562992 01 Bottom bearing holder
11
2234121 38 O-ring
12
562091 01 Strainer
562092 02 Wing Insert
13
14
' 221706 01 Screw
15
2234121 40 O-ring
562094 01 Labyrinth ring holder
16
17
562095 02 Labyrinth ring
18
22S4.12 23 O-ring;.
. 2217:16 23 Screw
19
20
572703 80 Driving device vertical
21
221721 24 Screw
22
57i406 80 Neck bearing cover
22 A
22;i7t1'18 Sorevy 23
223412 46 O-ring
24
566788 21 Seal ring
25
56^773 02 Deflector ring
^223406, 28 O-ring ,
26
27
'560202 01 Pipe
28
223404 20 O-rIng
539418 02 Elbow ~
29
. '
30
528352 06 Bushing -, - 31
564493 02 Operating water cover
32
566788 05 Seal ring
223412 46 O-ring ,
33,
.
- 4V45e - ' Waslief
34 , . ,
221040 46 Screw
35
221040 08 Screw
36
S?" ,
566718 81 Monltorir^Mt.
,.37X,,,- - 562902 80 Seasor wrtth support
562903*02
37 AA "
Sensor support
37 AB
552042 01
Inductive sensor
55287 41 Tube gtand, angle 90
37B '
-37'C:w -.- 556416 i \ iProteotwe tube - .
37 D
566692 80 Junction box
223404 22 O-ring
38
- '
' '
-221716-23 Bcrevy '_ ' /
'39 --40, '
"
-17812
Screw
'41'
561773'03 Plug'
42
74067
O-ring
43
221716 23 Screw
563007 02 Front casing
44
45
221716 02 Screw

1
2

4
4
2

Seepage 10

'

':

^ '
2

'"

'"' -\

' . u'
'

'%-' -

i
' .

r'"

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.2 Driving device vertical

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

572703
80

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
5
6

^ -"1
a-

g
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

10

560134 01
548747 08
.562277' 80
22364ia 36
560191 02
562109 03
"; 5621.10-02
, 560406 .01
564129 01
548744 03
563677:02
223404 20
562995 01
571453 02
223406 30
562997 01
221040 41

Bowl spindle
Ball bearing
Tt^^ bearing seat
Snap ring
Top bearing housing
Helical spring
cbrnposjte spring '
Plt^,'.

:%-

Spindle pulley
Self-align roller bearing
Lubrication oB orifice
O-ring
Oil pump
Fan
O-ring
Air deflector
Screw

3
4

1811025-02

"

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

11

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.3 Separator bowl

Slotted disk stack, caulks 0,5 mm
IVIachine unit number or
Subassembly description

560626
Ref

Part No

Description

-03

Notes
Quantity

1
560634 80 Bowl body
1A
560637 01 Guide lug
IB
- . r 64416-;. ,Qy|ndriQalpin, ,
2 . " " 1'560638' O'l Reotangufar ring
3
'56039 01 Operating slide
4
545869 03 Nozzle 0 1,5 mm
5
.T50638501' Rectanglifar ring
6
*564478^)1 Valve plug'
7
565217 01 Holder
8
221036 01 Screw
9"
22Sto6 39 0-Jfihg
10
572223.01 Operatir)g water rjng
11
260104 05 0-ring
574226 01 Discharge slide
12
565295 01 Rectangular ring
13
560649 01 Nut
14
15
563081 80 Distributor
563089 80 Bowl disc complete
16
563089 80 Bowl disc complete
16.1
563067' 02 Top disc
17
564401 01 Bowl hood
19
564403 01 Seal ring
20
21
260247 02 O-riiig
22
560661 80 Lock ring
23
'" 561298 01 Cap nut
24
566788 15 Seal ring
,223403 61 O-ring
25
563089 01 Bowl disc
26

12

--.'
"

"

'

12

'

82

" ~

' ' '"'

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

13

1 SEPARATOR

1.4

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

Inlet and outlet device

l\/lachine unit number or
Subassembly description

563041
Ref

Part No

Description

Notes

-01
Quantity

1
3
4
4A
4B
4C
7
8
9
10
10 A
10B
IOC
10D
11
12
13
14
15
16
17'
18
19
20
24
25
26-.'
27

14

563367 80
223403 55
566642 80
566642 02
566408 02
561386 01
563316 01
562583 01
561957 01
562751 80
'562587~'0t
56'1^ Ot
221711 13
221716 09
221036 01
561966* 01
221716 13
562582 80
56407 02
,223406 27
74067
562584 80
'. 561965 01
562343'02
561389 82
521127 05
,'41456 '
221040 05

Inlet and outlet pipe complete

0-ring
Paring tube
_ Paring tube
Plain bearing bushing
Tolerance ring
Splash sealing
Support ring
Heigiit adjusting ring
Frame liood
Spring holder.
Support sleeve
Screw
Screw
Screw
Washer
Screw
Arm complete
Spring
O-ring
0-ring
Connecting housing
Wash'er
Looking nut
Purifier screw
0-rlng
Washer
Screw

1
2

. 2
" 2

.6
6

1811025-02

.'

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

15

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.5 Belt driving device

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

561118
.01 .02

Notes
Quantity

,1
'2
3
3

; 4v
. 5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
13

16

50 Hz
60 Hz
- , -560208.02 CMch cover ,
581114 01 Cover support
-'
564095 80 Centrifugal clutch
564095 81 Centrifugal clutch
"i : . '221045. 60. Screw
-; 223107 35 Spring washer ..
547837 01 Washer
221040 42 Screw
41456 . VVasher
.221721" 37 Screw
Washer
41456
221040 58 Screw
Nut
35120
563464 01 Flat belt
563467 01 Flat belt

4.

1. 1
1 - 1
1
1
,1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
4
4
8
8
4
4
4
4
1
1

1811025-02

--'----,'

''

'
See page 18
See page 18
'-^ I,~ '

"1

-"- .

, ''}--

'.'
-"-

'

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

17

1 SEPARATOR

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1.6 Centrifugal clutch

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

564095
-81 -80

Notes
Quantity

1
1
2
J

A
5
5
6
8
9
10

18

560426 02
560426 04
548051 49
547833 01
66251
564089 80
564100 80
223641 18
564075-80'
549325 Ot
223641 20

50 Hz
60 Hz
Motor belt pulley
Motor belt pulley
Ball bearing
Spacing ring
Snap ring
Coupling hub
Coupling hub
Snap ring
Friction block
Cover
Snap ring

i
,

'1
'l
2

2
1
1
'1
1
3
1
1

1811025-02

''',"

'

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

19

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.7 Set of plates

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description
Ref

P a r t No

Description

549572
-84

Notes
Quantity

1270019
Set of safety labels
3
3A
1270018 01 Safety label sv
3B
'. ,1270018 .02. .[Link] 3C
1270018 03, Safety label de
3D
1270018 04 Safety label fr
3E
1270018 05 Safety label es
127G18 06 Safety &)ni,.
3'F,-'" '
3 G -- ;:;.i27ooi8.07^ -Saft/lbltt:- -"
3H
1270018 08 Safety label pt
1270018 09 Safety label pi
31
3J ' . -1270018.10 Sfei^Jbeker
3K .
1270018 t1 Safety label fi,"
3L
1270018 12 Safety label zfi
3M
1270018 13 Safety label da
1270018 14 Safety label ar
3N
1270018 15 Safety label nl
30
1270018 16 Safety label cs
3P
1270018 17 Safety label ja
3Q
,1270018 18 Safety labet ko
3R
3S
,. 1270018 19 Safety label no
553171 01 Label 50 Hz
6
553272 01 Label 60 Hz
6
, 555529 01 Plate with arrow
7
Lifting instruction
8
' 1270001*
554214 02 Cable tie
9

20

.-

~ *

--

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

3,3A-S
A

DANGER

HMK

50 Hz
60 Hz
tT'vx^U

[[j3HBBB

ecKMadb rrc B ( x r ^ e i I

1811025-02

21

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.8 Monitoring icit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Description

Part No

566727
-02

Notes
Quantity

1
2
4
6

22

570142
561773
552870
556416

01
04
21
17

Inductive analogue sensor

Sensor holder
Tube gland, straight
Protective tube

1
1
1
1

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

23

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.9 Cover interlocking kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

570819
-02

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3

24

552870 21 Tube gland, straight

566054 01 Limit switch
556416 24 Pro^ctiyetube

1
1
1

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

25

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.10 Set of tools

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

561614
Ref

Part No

Description

Notes

-14
Quantity

1
1A
.2-,
3
3A
SB
,;3C"
,3D/
3E
4
5
5A
6
6A
6B
7
8
9
9A
10
11
12
13
13A
13B
14
15
16
17
18
19

26

561593 80 Puller
561829 01 Screw
-- .
" .561360, eg- Spanner for nut .
i'. 575055 B r Cotnpresslng tool
575055 80 Compressing tool
575083 02 Clamp
'f57B0&a'M: ; Screw
" 22t<5;52, - Screw
561551 02 Screw
561584 80 Puller
. 57273C80, Pin spanner
.260121'66 '. Cylindrical pin
561607 o Puller
561610 01 Support ring
221040 '43 Screw
260154 01 UftSng eye bolt
221706 05 Screw
548457 80 Tool for belt pulley
223406 13 0-ring
567008 80 Lifting tool
561439 01 Drift
564679 01 Key
, 563084 80 Puller
221040 05 Screw
221035 46 Screw
548043 01 Mounting tool
527395: I t Hook spanner
66414' _ Hexagon socket tiead key
566441 6l Sleeve
566614 01 Chisel
567009 01 Pin

1
1
.. -1
. '1
1
3
. 3
.3
3

Spindle pulley/ Neck bearing

Nuy Discharge slide
Disc stack

"'-'.- ".-

, "

'

- 2

""'.;

' " '

Bowl tiody
Fan ;"-_ "

'

"

'

Discharge slide

'^
Lock ring/ Bowl body
Motor/ Coupling

Distributor/ Bowl spindle

Bottom bearing
Bottom bearing housing
Neck bearing cover

Coupling bearing
Nut/ Inlet and outlet pipe
Look ring/ Bowl body
Neck bearing
Seal ring
Distributor

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

19

17

18

20

21

u
1811025-02

27

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.11 Lifting tool

Lifting of separator
Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

563453
-80

Notes
Quantity

28

260236 03 Shackle

2|

1811025-02

1 1

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1811025-02

29

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.12 Inspection kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

563859
-01

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27

30

560638 01
560638 01
. , ) 564478 01
'223406 39
260104 05
565295 01
-r564403 01
' 260247 02
223403 55
223406 27
74067/ 52it27*05
552766 07
537086 06
539474 03
223404 05
221706 05
66414
566408 02
566788 15
" 223403 61
563316 01
.561386 01
260104 22
223404 51

Rectangular ring
Rectangular ring
[Link]
-ring
O-ring
Rectangular ring
Seal ring
0-rinig
O-ring
O-ring
0-rlng

p-ring
Washer
Lubricating paste
Silicone grease
O-ring
Screw
Hexagon socket head key
Plain bearing bushing
Seal ring
O-ring
Splash sealing
Tolerance ring
O-ring
O-ring

1
1
3
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
6
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
2

1811025-02

Bowl body/ Operating slide

Operating slide/ Holder
Operating^lide/, Bowl body .
Bowl body/Operating water ring
Bowl body/ Discharge slide
Discharge slide/ Bowl body
Bowl hood/ Discharge sfide
BbWl hood/Bcwi twdy
Paring tube/ Inlet and outlet pipe
Inlet and outlet pipe/ Connecting housing
tnlet and outlet pipe/ Connecting housing
Frame hood/ Frame bottom part
Frame bottom part/ Plug

Oil pin/ Plug

Lock ring
Lock ring
Paring tube
Operating water cover
Bowl body/ Holder
Inlet pipe
Paring tube/ Arm
Oil pipe/ Connecting housing
Water pipe/ Connecting housing

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

LO

LO
CM

1811025-02

1- O
CM -,-

31

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.13 Overhaul kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Part No

Ref

Description

563869
-03 -04

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
,5-

6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23'
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
31

32

50 Hz
60 Hz
563859. 01 Inspection l<it
2234121 Vs O-ring
2234121 40 O-ring
562095 02 Labyrinth ring
-223412'23 O-ring
; 203412 '46, O-ring
566788' 21 Seal ring
223406 28 O-rIng
223404 20 O-ring
223412 46 O-ring
566788 05 Seal ring
544465 10 Locking liquid
223404 22 O-ring
74067
0-rlng
548747 08 Ball bearing
223642 36 Snap ring
562109 03 Helical spring
562110 02 Compositaspring
548744 03 Self-align roller bearing
223404 20 O-ring
223406 30 O-rtng
545869 03 Nozzle 0 1,5 mm
221036 01 Screw
566407 02 Spring
548051 49 BatI bearing
66251
Snap ring
223641 18 Snap ring
564075 80 Friction block
223641 20 Snap ring
223107 35 Spring washer
563464 01 Flat belt
563467 01 Flat belt

i
i

12

12

1811025-02

Seepage 30
,
Strainer/ Bottom bearing housing
Bottom bearing housing/ Frame bottom part
Labyrinth ring holder/ Spindle pulley
Labyrinth ring HoWer/ Frame bottom "part
Neck bearing cover/ Frame bottom part
Neck bearing cover/ Fan
Deflector ring/ Bowl spindle
Pipe/Operating water cover
Operating water cover/ Frame bottom part
Bowl spindle/ Operating water cover
Bottom bearing holder
Frame bottom part/ Sensor support
Plug/ Frame bottom part
Bowl spindle/ Top bearing seat
Top bearing seaV Ball bearing
Top bearing seat/ Top bearing housing
Top bearing seat/ Plug
Bowl spindle/ Bottom bottom housing
Lubrication oil orifice/ Oil pump
Bowl spindle/ Fan
Operating slide
Bowl body/ Operating water ring
Arm
Coupling hub/ Motor belt pulley
Motor belt pulley/ Ball bearing
Coupling hub/ Ball bearing
Coupling hub/ Motor belt pulley
coupling hub/ Cover
Motor shaft/ Screw
Motor belt pulley/ Spindle puley
Motor belt pulley/ Spindle puley

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

^COCVI CM
CviCMOJ CM

CO

05

C3>

tm
CD

IS.

i-sjl|j:t3

CO 00

(O

1811025-02

33

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.14 Support kit

Spare part not included in service kit
Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

563877
-01

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3.
4
5
6
7 _
8
8A
8B
9
10
13
15
16
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30 ,
31
32
33
34
35
36

34

526350 04 Plug
221716 23 Screw
, .221721-24 Screw
' 221711.18 Screw
564773 02 Deflector ring
41456
Washer
' 221040 ,46 Screw '-562902'80 Sensor with support
52903 02 Sensor support
552042 01 Inductive sensor
221716-23 Screw
221716 23 Screw
221040 41 Screw
560661 80 Lock ring
561298 01 Cap nut
562586 02 Axiat support
221701 15 Screw
561957 01 Height adjusting ring
562587 01 Spring holder
. 221036 01 Screw
562582 80 Arm complete
561962 01 Washer
562343 02 Locking nut
41456
Washer
221040 05 Screw
547833 01 Spacing ring
-^iftse - Washer
221040 58 Screw
35120
Nut
565378 01 Plug
57^743 80 Oil pin
563677 02 Lubrication oil orifice
561369 02 Spanner fornut

1
2
3
1
1
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
2
3
1
4
1
1
1
6
6
1
8
4
4
1
1
1
1

1811025-02

.
'-'

"

Frame bottom part

Labyrinth ring holder
Top bearjng,housing/ Frame bottom
Neck bearing cover
Bowl spindle
Screw/ Operating water cover
C^erattrtg water cover
Frame tjottom part

Frame bottom part/ Sensor support

Frame bottom part/ Plug
Top bearing housing/ Air deflector
Bowl body/ Bowl hood
Bowl spindle/ Bowl body
In-and outlet device/ Pipe
In-and outlet device/ Axial support
Frame hood/ Support ring
Frame hood
Frame hood/ Height adjusting ring
Frame hood/ Paring tube
Inlet pipe/ Connecting housing
inlet pipe/ Connecting housing
Frame hood/ Frame bottom part
Frame hood/ Frame bottom part
Ball bearing/ Ball bearing
Motor/ Frame bottom part
Motor/ Frame bottom part
Motor/ Frame bottom part
Frame bottom part
Frame bottom part/ Plug
Oil pump
Nut/ Discharge slide

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS C A T A L O G U E

1 SEPARATOR

00 r^
CVICM

com
CM CM

1811025-02

35

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.15 Hydraulic tool kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

574986
-04

Notes
Quantity

1
2

36

574618 80 Hydraulic components

574626 82 Hydraulic tool

1
1

1811025-02

See page 38
See page 40

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

CM

9 ccjo:

1811025-02

37

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.16 Hydraulic components

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

574618
.80

Notes
Quantity

1
2

38

574618 01 Pump with hose

574618 02 Hydraulic cylinder

1
1

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

cn>

1811025-02

39

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

1.17 Hydraulic tool

Maciiine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

574626
-82

Description

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
5
6
7

40

571628
574627
571627
''221803
574954
571620
571622

01
03
01
35
01
01
01

stud bolt
Sleeve
Holder
Nut "
Sleeve
Plate
Screw

'

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1 SEPARATOR

toi

erfi

1 ^

1811025-02

41

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

Ancillary Equipment

2.1 Valve block water

Machine unit nunnber or
Subassembly description

Part No

Ref

Description

567940
-02

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4

5
6
6A
6B
7
8
9

42

,-

176592701 Valve block, water

176603707 Flow valve, 1.6 l/min
^176603702 low vah/el 11.0 ftin
176603703 Flow vatve, 2.8 tfinip
56971201 Rectangular connector
176707180 Non return valve kit
176616201'
Non return valve
176183409
Washer
176615701 Quick coupling
176593601 Flexible connection
176593701 Flexible connection

,
'- 3

1811025-02

SV10
SV15
; SV16

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

43

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.2 Spare parts kit, valve block water

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

1765993
-83

Notes
Quantity

1
2
.3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15

44

176599301
176599302
176599303
1765^9304
176599305
176599306
176599307
176599308176599309
176599310
176599311 176600407_
176600408
176599313
176599316

Retaining clip
Spring
Core
Spring washer
O-ring
Piston
Valve
Non-return vatve
0-nng
0-nng
Coll
Washer adhesive tape
Indicator
Drain valve
Strainer

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

45

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.3 Valve block air

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568048
01

Notes
Quantity

1
2
4 .,

46

176592801 Valve block

176391102 Flexible connection
17631-(04 - Flexible connctfon "
56971203 Rectangular connector

1
1
2
3

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

47

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2.4 Spare parts kit, valve block air

Machine unit number or

Subassembly description

Part No

Ref

Description

1766004
-82

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3'
4
5
6
7

8
9

48

,.

176600401
176600402
176600403'
176600404
176600405
176600406
176600407
176600408
176600409

Retaining clip
Spring
O-n'ng
0-ring
Screw
Coil
Washer adhesive tape
Indicator
Manometer

.i

'

1811025-02

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1811025-02

49

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.5 Valve block oil

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

1
Part No

Ref

Description

567802
-06

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
16 ^
17
17A
17B
19
22
23
24
25 '
26
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41

50

176587701
176476086
176644401 '56971201
176610201
176473301
176462101
176401101
176349201
176378003
176508209 -"
176390303
17589701
176591101
54305405
176443980
176439101
176181480

"

Valve block
Water transducer
Valve
Rectangular connector
Non-return valve
Pneumatic 3-way valv
Shul-off valve '
Silencer
Elbow
Nipple
Nfppje
Needle valve
Pressure transmitter
Elbow
Pressure gauge
temperature sensor
Temperature sensor
Spring pocl<et
Connection kit, oil
176590801 Gasket
5350047202 Cable 19
176593401 Flexible connection
-22104546 ' Screw
. 223J0149 Wastier
22180333 Nut
22104529 Screw
17618343 Cu-washer
22104528 ~ Screw .
22104551 Screw
176183406 Washer
56971201 ; Rectangular connector
176589701 Pressure transmitter
176390303 Needle valve
176183406 Washer
176508209 Nipple
176183403 Cu-washer
5355171602 Washer
5355171602 Washer

'

1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
8
40
16
4
1
4
4
2

See page 52

'-'-
See page 54

_ -' f

,''
,- ._

-" -,"

2xPt-100
See page 56

'

.
.
4
2

1811025-02

"

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

*) To be seolod with locking liquid.

1811025-02

51

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2.6 Water transducer

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

1764760
86

Description

Notes
Quantity

1
2
'.3

176475884
176476901
:;'17647680

376476701

7
8
9
1011
12
14
15
16
18
19
23
24
25
27

52

176521682
22340470
f'-'"26V04,i9
17651301
176476103
176476601
' 26750.-:.
._
22104008
22310706
22103010
22310725
176476202
3183045474
? 22112106
490167322
22170113
490122209
492036801

Valve body
Distance rodElectrode - "''. " .
tnsulatot '
Spare parts kit including:
0-ring
0-ring
:
Gasltet
Cover
Bushing
Spring washer
Screw
Spring washer
Screw
Spring washer
Junction box
Circuit board
Screw
Spacing sleeve
Screw
Connector

1
2

..

- -

2
4
4
4
4

Product tabel

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

Zu E

A-A

25X26)

B ^

B-

1811025-02

53

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.7 Spare parts kit, pneumatic 3-way valve

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Notes

Description
Quantity

1
1A
IB -,
1C

54

176473482
176473404
-176473405
176473406

Spare parts kit including:

Diaphragm
Stuffing box kit
Stem/disc kit

1
1
1
1

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

55

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2.8 Connection kit, oil

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Notes

Description
Quantity

1
176598801 Connecting plate
2
176598901 Connecting plate, valve b
3
" ' . " I 7 6 6 9 y i 0 r Flexltjfe'^oonnecion
4
- 1765,97201 ^ Flexible connection
2601422 ' 0-ring
5
6
22340451 0-ring
7: ' - '*'22364"ir4- jSnap'Tlrig _
~.
2236413 Retaining rtng ''8, .
9
22104008 Screw
22172618 Screw
10
11
22310149 Wastier
-176^97102 Flexible connection
12
13
176635602 Support
14
176635601 Support

56

1
1
1
1
6
3
' 4
2
2
1
1
1
4
2

'

'"

-"

:"

1811025-02

'-

; '^ S,

' , " . ;

.
' : - :

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

57

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.9 Sludge outlet kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Notes

Description
Quantity

1
1
1A
2
3
4

58

176598080
176598081
176609601
66133901
41456
22104008

Sludge outlet DIN

Sludge outlet JIS
Ptug
Gasket
Washer
Screw

1
1
1
1
4
4

1811025-02

''

"*

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1811025-02

59

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.10 Butterfly valve

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Notes

Description
Quantity

1
2

60

176600701
56830403
176616101
176616105

Butterfly valve
Sludge valve interlock
Seat'
Limit switch

1
1
1
1

1811025-02

Mounted in Control Unit

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

61

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.11 Spare parts, EPC 50 Control Unit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Notes

Description
Quantity

5
6
7"

3183045511
3183045492
31r04584t

EPC 50 Vibration Board

EPC 50 Heater Board
EPC W1/0 B^mnston Board

1
1
'1

.
tVlachine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568452
-01

Notes
Quantity

1
2
3
4
9
10
11
12
15
16
17
18
21

62

3183062451
3183045486
3183063461
3183062411
5350046201
5350020103
5350020110
5350020111
5350048901
5350048902
5350048903
5350045102
3183063731

EPC 50 OP front module

EPC 50 I/O board
Cable
EPC 50 transformer
Pusti button
Switcfi
Sealing
Led bulb, white, 24 V AC
Switch body
Switch actuator
Legend plate .
Pilot lamp
Fuse kit

'1

"-

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

63

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2.12EPC 50 Control unit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568303
-01 -02

Notes
Quantity

.,.

56830401
3183064091

Control Unit ERC

ERC 50 REMIND
8-pole corweotor'

1|
1
1
'1 - i ;

Mounted on separator

2.13 Starters
Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

Notes
Quantity

568022
568022
,568022
568022
568022
568022
"568022
568022
568022
568022
'568022
568022
568022
568022
568022
:568022.
' 56822
568022
568022
568022
568022
568022
56^022.
568022
568022

64

Basic Icil for starter

Sep. starter, 2.5-4A
Sep. starter, 4-6.3A
Sep. starter, 6.3-10A
Sep. starter, 10-16A
Sep. starter, 16-20A
Sep..starter, 20-25A
Sep, starter, 25-32A
Sep. starter, 32-45A
Sep. starter, 45-63A
Sep. start., 690v,6.3-10v
Sep. start.; 690v,10-16A
Sep. start., 690v,16-20A
Sep. start., 690v,20-25A
Sep. start,, 690v,25-32A
Sep. start.-, 690v,32-45A
Pump starter, 0,4-0,63A
Pump starter, 0.63-1 A
Pijmp starter, 1-1.6A
Punip starter, 1;6-2.5A
Pump starter, 2.5-4A
Pump starter, 4-6.3A
Pump starter, 6.3-1 OA
Pump starter, 10-16A
Pump starter, 690V, 6.3-1 OA

See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 65
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page: 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page'66'
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66
See page 66See page 66
See page 66

1811025-02

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.14 Separator starter kits, basic and 4A - 32A

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Reff

Part No

Description

568022
-01 - 1 0 - 1 1 - 1 2 - 1 3 - 1 4 - 1 5 - 1 6 Notes
Quantity

2
3
4
6
8"
F8
K2
K2
K2
K2
K2.1
K2.2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
Q1
Q2
Q2
Q2
Q2
Q2
Q2 ,
Q8
T8
TA2 .'
TA2.1,:.
X1
XF8

568026
1764728
'1761990
53500'447
53500453
53500167
53500460
53500460
53500460
53500460
53500461
53S()p461
53500006
53500006
53500006
53500006
5350006
1764712
53500098
53500098
53500098
53500098
53500098
5350098
53500098
568027
53500503
53500503
53500402
53500402

02
01
02
01
01
02
02
04
05
08
01
02
01
02
03
04
06
05
28
29
30
31
32
33
S
01
01
03
11
18

Wall mounting kit

Label
Prdct-fbel' '
Diagram pocket'
Ground connection
Fuse
Contactor "
Corilactor
Contactor
Contactor
Aux.- contact bk>ck
x.; contact blook
Ammeter
Ammeter
Ammeter
Ammeter
Ammeter, 50/5A
Switch
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaKjer
Circuit breaker ,
Circuit breaker
Transformer
Cun-erttttarisformr
Mounting kit
Terminal
Fuse terminal

1
,

-' 1

'-"'-:
for door
1

11

1
1

1
1

' " "'

/"" -

1
1
1

1
1
1

,1
1

1
'-

-1

1
,1
1
1
1
., 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

.1 torTA2
1
1

1811025-02

65

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2.1 S Separator starter kits, 32A - 63A

t^/lachine unit number o
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568022
-17 - 1 8 - 3 2 - 3 3 - 3 4 - 3 5 - 3 6 - 3 7 Notes
Quantity

K2
K2
K2
K2
K2.1
K2.2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
02
Q2
Q2
Q2
Q2
TA2
TA2
TA2.1

53500460 04 Contactor
53500460 05 Contactor
535CI46"0"08- Contactor
53500460.09 Contactor
53500461 01 Aux. contact block
53500461 02 Aux. contact block
53500b06, 01 Ammeter
53500{X)6 03 Ammeter
53500006 04 Ammeter
53500006 06 Ammeter, 50/5A
53500006 07- Ammeter, 75/5A
53500098 30 Circuit breaker
53500098 31 Circuit breaker
53500098 32 Circuit breaker
53500098 33 Circuit breaker
5350009S 37 Circuit breaker
53500503 01 Current transformer
53500503 02 Current transformer
53600503 03 IVtoimting kit

1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1 forTA2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1

,.

2.16 Pump starter kits, 0.4A - 16.0A

l\4achine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

K2
K2
K2.i
K2.2.
Q3
Q3
Q3.
Q3
Q3
Q3
Q3
03 ;

53500460 02
53500460 04
53500461 01
-535Q0461;02
53500098 24
53500098 25
63500098 26
53500098 27
53500098 28
53500098 29
53500098 30
53500098 31

Contactor
Contactor
Aux, contact btock
Attx< ontact btock
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker
Circuit breaker

66

568022
-20 -21 -22 -23 -24 -25 -26 -27 -30 Notes
1

Quantity
1
1

1
1
1

1
1,

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1
1

1
1

'.
1
1
1
1

1
1

' "

1811025-02

':.- . .- .

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

2.17ESD-relay kit
Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568022
-53

Notes
Quantity

K112
Kl 12.1

5350002809
5350002808

Relay
Relay socket

1
1

2.18 Motor trip contact kit

Machine unit number or
Subassembly description

Ref

Part No

Description

568022
-51

Notes
Quantity

02.1
Q3.1

5350009838
5350009838

Trip contact block

Trip contact block

1
1

1811025-02

67

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

-0-

1
1

1 1
! 1

1
1

Sh

Q2

P2

K20 K n 2 YT

Q3

08

nmm
uuu
F8

[T2

XI

K3

m
IS

68

IS

1811025-02

X2

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

2 ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT

1811025-02

69

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

3 INDEX

70

Index
1270001

20

1764768 80

52

1766157 01

42

1270018 01

20

1764769 01

52

1766161 01

60

1270018 02

20

1765082 09

50

1766161 05

60

1270018 03

20

1765082 09

50

1766162 01

42

1270018 04

20

1765130 01

52

1766356 01

56

12/0C18 05

20

1765216 82

52

.1766356^02

56

12/C018 06

20

1765877.01

50

-1766444 01

50

127X18 07

20

1765897''01

50

1766971 01

56

1?7C018 08

20

1765897 01 "

50

1766971 02

56

1^7C018 0D

20

1765908 01

50

1767071 80

42

1270018 10

20

1765911 01

50

1767199 80

64

1270018 11

20

1765927 01

42

17812

1270018 12

20

1765928 01

46

221030 10

52

1270018 13

20

1765934 01

50

221035 46

26

221036.01

12

1270018 14

20

1765936 01

42

1270018 15

20

1765937 01

42

221036 01

14

1270018 16

20

1765972 01

56

221036 01

32

1270018 17

20

1765980 80

58

221036 01

34

1270018 18

20

1765980 81

58

221040 05

14

1270018 19

20

1765988 01

56

221040 05

26

1270019

20

1765989 01

56

221040 05

34

1761814 80

50

1765993 01

44

221040 08

1761834 03

50

1765993 02

44

221040 08

52

1761834 03

50

1765993 03

44

221040 08

56

1761834 06
1751834 06

50

1765993 04

44

1761834 09

42

1765993 05
1765993 06

44
44

221040 08
221040 41

58

50

221040 41

34

1751990 0?
175349:? 01

65

1765993 07

44

221040 42

16

50

1765993 08

44

221040 43

26

1/63780 03

50

1765993 09

44

221040 46

1763903 03

50

1765993 10

44

221040 46

8
34

1763903 03

50

1765993 11

44

221040 58

16

1763911 02

46

1765993 13

44

221040 58

34

1763911 04

46

1765993 16

44

221045 28

50

1764011 01
17G4391 CI

50
50

1766004 01
1766004 02

48
48

221045 29

50

'221045 46

50

1764439 80

1766004 03

48

221045 51

50

17646^1 1

50
O

1766004 04

48

. 221045 52

26

;764712 05

65

48

221045 60

16

1764728 01

65

1766004 05
1766004 06

48

2210462 32

1764733 01

50

1766004 07

44

221121 06

52

1764734 04

54

1766004 07

48

221701 13

52

1764734 05

54

1766004 08

44

221701 15

34

1764734 06

54
54

1766004 08
1766004 09

48

1764734 82

221706 01 .
221706 05

26

48

10

1754758 84

52

1766007 01

60

1764760 86

50

1766037 02

42

17647G1 03

52

1766037 03

42

221711 18

1764762 02

52

1766037 07

42

221711 18

34

1764766 01

52

1766096 01

56

221716 02

1764767 01

52

5C

221716 09

14

1766102 01

1811025-CD2

221706 05
221711 13

30
14

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

221716 13
221716 23
221716 23
221716 23
221716 23
221716 23
221716 23
221721 24
221721 24
221721 37
221726 18
221803 33
221n03 35
223101 49
223101 49
22'i\i>7

06

??317 25
223107 35
223107 35
223403 55
223403 55
223403 61
223403 61
223404 05
223404 05
223404 20
223404 20
223404 20
223404 20
223404 22
223404 22
223404 51
223404 51
223404 70
223406 13
223406 27
223406 27
223406 i:&
223406 28
223406 30
223406 30
223406 39
223406 39
223412 23
223412 23
223412 46
223412 46
2?3412 46
223412 46
2234121 38
2234121 38
1
1

2234121 40
2234121 40
223641 O'

14
8
8
8
34
34
34
8
34
16
56
50
40
50
56
52
52
16
32
14
30
12
30
8
30
8
10
32
32
8
32
30
56
52|
26'
14
30
8
32
10
32
12
30
8
32
8
S
32
32
8
32
8
32
56

3 INDEX

260104 19

56
18
32
18
32
10
32
8
12i
30'
52|

260104 22

3o!

53500098 32

260104 22

56|
26
26
28
12
30
52
16
34
8
14
16
16
34
34
34
58i
52
52
52
14
30
8
34
8
26
65
66
65
65
66
65
66
65
66
6
67.
67
66
6f
6(
6

53500098 33

223641 14
223641 18
223641 18
223641 20
223641 20
223642 36
223642 36
2522302 09
260104 05
260104 05

260121 56
260154 01
260236 03
260247 02
260247 02
26750
35120
35120
41456
41456
41456
41456
41456
41456
4145C
41456
490122209
490167322
492636801
521127 05
521127 05
526350 04
526350 04
526352 06
; y-'y^\j

'1

D3:J00CCG 01

53500G06 01
53;)000CG 02
53500006 03
5 3 J 0 0 C 6 03

53500006 04
53500006 04
53500006 06
53500006 06
53500006 07
53500028 OB
53500028 09
53500098 24
53500008 25
53500098 26
53500098 27

1811025-(D2

53500098 33

65
66
65
66
65
66
66
65
66
66
65
66
65
66

53500098 36

65

53500098 37

66

b3;)00093 38

67

b.J;)00098 33

67

53500167 02

65

53500201 03

62

53500201 10

62

53500201 11

62

53500402 11

65

53500402 18

65

53500447 01

65

53500451 02

62

53500453 01 -

65

5350460 02

65

53500460 02

66

53500460 04

65

53500460 04

66

53500460 04

66

53500460 05

65

53500460 05

66

5350460 08

65

53500460 08

66

53500460 09

66

53500461 01

65

53500461 01

66

53500461 01

66

53500461 02

65

53500461 02

66

53500461 02

66

53500462 01

62

53500472 02

50j

53500480 01

62

53500489 02

62

53500480 03

62

53500503 C1

65

53500503 01

66

53500503 02

66

53500503 03

65

53500503 03

66

53551716 02

50

53500098 28
53500098 28
53500098 29
53500098 29
53500098 30
53500098 30
53500098 30
53^0098 31
53500098 31.
53500098 31
53500098 32

71

3 INDEX

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

53551716 02

50

561298 01.

34

563089 01

537086 06

30

581339 01

58

563089 80

12

539418 02

561369 02

26

563089 80

12

539474 03

30

561369 02

34

563316 01

14

543054 05

50

561386 01

14

563316 01

30

544465 10

32

561386 01

30

563367 80

14

545869 03

12

50133 32

14

563464 01

16

545869 03

32

551459 01

26

563464 01

32

547833 01

18

561551 02

28

563467 01

16

?4~833 C1

34

561584 80

26

563467 01

32

547837 CI

16

561593 80

26

563677 02

10

548043 01

26

561607 80

26

563677 02

34

548051 49

18

561610 01

26

563859 01

32

548051 49

32

561773 03

564075580-

18

548457 80

26

561773 04

22

564075-80,

32

548744 03

10

561829 01

26

564089 80

18

548744 03

32

561957 01

14

564095 80

16

548747 08

10

561957 01

34

564095 81

16

548747 08

32

561960 01

14

564100 80

18

549325 01

18

561962 01

14

564129 01

10

552042 01

561962 01

34

564401 01

12

552042 01

34

561966 01

14

564403 01

12

552766 07.'

562091 01

564403 01

30

552766 07 .

^ "30

562092 02

564478 01

12

552870 21 '

,22

552094 01

564478 CI

30

552870 21

24

562095 02

i564493 02

552870 41

562095 02

32

564679 01

26

553171 01

20

562109 03

10

564773 02

553272 01

20

562109 03

32

564773 02

34

554214 02

20

562110 02

10

565217 01

12

555529 01

20

562110 02

32

565295 01

12

555416 11

562277 80

10

565295 01

30

556416 17

22

562343 02

14

56537801

555416 24

24

562343 02

34

565378 01

34

560131 02

562582 80

14

56605401-

560134 01

10

562582 80

34

566407 02~

14

560191 02

10

562583 01

14

566407 02

32

560202 01

562584 80

14

566408 02

14

560208 02

16

562586 02

34

566408 02

30

560406 01

10

562587 01

14

566441 01

26

56042C 02

18

562587 01

34

566614 01

26

560426 04

18

562751 80

14

566642 0?

14

560634 80

12

562902 80

566642 80

14

560637 01

12

562902 80

34

568692 80

560638 01

12

562903 02

566718 81

560638 01

12

5G2=>03 02

34

56G788 05

560638 01

30

562992 01

566788 05

32

560638 01

30

562093 80

566788 15

12

560639 01

12

562995 01

10

566788 15

30

560649 01

12

562997 01

10

566788 21

560661 80

12

563007 02

566788 21

32

56C661 80

34

5G3C07 02

12

567008 80

26

=;RIII4 01

16

563081 80

12

567009 01

26

561293 01

12

563084 80

26

568022 01

64

72

1811025-02

12

- 24

(0
CM

O
CO

If I

o>
CI
N
U)

TiCO

rM

CO
Tf
*
!0

CO

r~
1!)
CM

<n
(0

CM

r~

in
(M
(0
<o

CO
CM

C!
CO

O
CO

V
C!)

cn

CO

CD

en
irCI
v

* * *
M- T t T t
CO CO CO CO CO CO

CO

IV
CO

-3IV

>*

IV
CO
(1
V
IV

Tf
TJin
V

to
00

<T
U')

TT

in
m

I -

m
m

00
CJ

cu
CO

O)

C)

u>

rTf

C)

o
ro
cu

tr
Clf
CD

(O

CO
CO

in

; * J

"aCj

o
m

cr

Oj

C^j

aCM

(,>

Ol
Ta-

co
Cl
CO

c-i
CO

Ss

Cl

CO
|v
C)
CO

O O J C J O J C u e M C V l C M C V I C J C M T t
c o c o c n c o c o c o c o c o c o c o c o c o

qN

rrco tn
c-> o
tCO
CO

o
ro

CO

C<)

Cl
CO

l C C D C t C D C O C D C O C O t O

SI"

C O C M C O O O C O C O O O C O C O C O
c g - r - c o c o c o c o - ^ ^ c v j c g c M

o
1 - CM CO
in
CO IV 0 0 O v - c M c o T t i n c o r v
o
CM CO TI- i n CD IV CM >- -I- CO
CM T- T- T- I- c
o
T- o
CM o CM CO T- o
o .CO CO CO CO CO ' CO ; CO o
CVlevICMCMCMCMCMCM
O O O O O 00 CO o c o o o o o o o o c o o o c o o o
o o o |.C(,,,0,; ,5 -, o ,
C M O J C M C M C M O J C M C M N C M C I J ' C V I
CM CM CO tv a- TT iM','"cM'>-cM'f<N
c M . i n c o o c M i v o o c o c o c o c o o c o c o c o e o c D i v v i n i n c o
CMOICMCMCMCMCMCM^CM
m
in CM CM CM Cu
C \ I C M C M C M C M C M 0 i l C \ l C J 0 1 C M C v ) C M C M C M C M , C V I C M < N
CM CM CM CM O O
T-; T- Tf
CO CM -^ T- T- (M CM in in

q- CO CO CD CO
o
o
_ O O O O O
o o o C3
O
O
O
O
O
O
IV CM CO CD CO CO CO a>
o CO COIV tv N , tv rC 0 0 0 C 0 0 0 C 0 C O 0 0 _ _ _
,
in in
"" 00 CO CD

00 00
CO' oo
<1- Tf Tt Tf Tl- T- 1C O C D C O C O C O C O C O C O C D C O
CO CO CO
CD CO
IV IV tv
o o o o ~
i n t n i n i n i o i n i n i n i n i n i n i n m i n m i n i n i n i n i nCOi CD
n i n i n i n i n L n i n i n i o i n m . m m i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i n i ntv i n i n i o i n i n i n

CO

CM
O

00

3 INDEX

74

SA 836 SEPARATION SYSTEM SPARE PARTS CATALOGUE

1811025-02